State of Illinois
90th General Assembly
Legislation

   [ Search ]   [ Legislation ]   [ Bill Summary ]
[ Home ]   [ Back ]   [ Bottom ]



90_HB2396

      SEE INDEX
          Amends the Capital Development Board Act  to  revise  the
      Grant Index and eligibility standards for School Construction
      and  Debt  Service Grants. Amends the General Obligation Bond
      Act  to   increase   the   State's   bonding   authority   by
      $1,500,000,000  for  school construction grants, the proceeds
      from the sale of those bonds to be deposited into the  School
      Construction  Fund.  Amends the Telecommunications Excise Tax
      Act to increase the tax from 5%  to  6.5%.  Also  amends  the
      School  Code.   Creates  the School Technology Revolving Loan
      Program to provide for technology-related investment loans to
      school districts on a revolving  schedule  of  grade  levels.
      Rewrites the State aid formula for the 1998-99 and subsequent
      school years and increases the foundation level grant formula
      for   the   1997-98   school   year.    Revises  the  teacher
      certification system, providing for  Initial,  Standard,  and
      Master  level certificates.  Revises the IGAP program and the
      promotion and retention policy for third, fifth,  and  eighth
      grade  students.   Provides  for  both  passing and excellent
      scores on the Prairie State Achievement Examination  and  for
      an attendance certificate (rather than a high school diploma)
      for students who fail to earn a passing score.  Increases the
      probationary  period  for teachers first employed by a school
      district on or after July 1, 1998  to  4  years.   Authorizes
      districts to contract with third parties for noninstructional
      services.  Provides  for  Professional  Development and Early
      Childhood  Education  Block  Grants  for  school   districts.
      Amends   and  adds  provisions  relative  to  suspension  and
      expulsion,    employment   of   non-certificated   registered
      professional  nurses,  honorable  dismissal  of   educational
      support  personnel  employees  of  any time during the school
      year or at the end of the school year on 30 days' notice, and
      multi-year superintendent and principal contracts.   Provides
      for an additional year of supplementary State aid for new and
      certain annexing districts. Requires districts to establish a
      no  pass-no  play  policy  for pupils in grades 9 through 12.
      Makes numerous changes to the  Charter  Schools  Law  in  the
      School Code.  Amends the Illinois Educational Labor Relations
      Act  to  increase the advance notice of strike requirement to
      10 days from 5 days. Creates the Comprehensive  Property  Tax
      Study  Commission  to  study  the  issue of reliance on local
      property taxes to finance schools. Effective immediately.
                                                    LRB9007684THpkB
                                              LRB9007684THpkB
 1        AN ACT concerning education, creating and amending  named
 2    Acts.
 3        Be  it  enacted  by  the People of the State of Illinois,
 4    represented in the General Assembly:
 5                             ARTICLE 5.
 6        Section 5-5. The Capital Development Board Act is amended
 7    by changing Sections 1A-3, 1A-5, and 1A-5.1 as follows:
 8        (20 ILCS 3105/1A-3) (from Ch. 127, par. 783.3)
 9        Sec. 1A-3. The Grant Index for  any  school  district  is
10    equal  to  one  minus  the  ratio of the district's equalized
11    assessed  valuation  per  pupil  in  weighted  average  daily
12    attendance to the equalized assessed valuation per  pupil  in
13    weighted  average daily attendance of the district located at
14    the ninetieth percentile for all districts of the same  type.
15    The Grant Index for any school district shall be no less than
16    0.35  .20  and  no greater than 0.75 .70. Notwithstanding any
17    other provision of this Article, those districts with a Grant
18    Index that is at or above the ninety-ninth percentile for all
19    districts of the same type, as determined by the State  Board
20    of  Education,  shall be deemed to have a Grant Index of 0.00
21    and shall not be eligible for a  Planning  Assistance  grant,
22    School Construction Project grant, Debt Service grant, or any
23    other   grant  under  this  Article.    The  product  of  the
24    district's Grant Index and the Recognized  Project  Cost,  as
25    determined  by the Board, for an approved school construction
26    project equals the amount the Board shall expend on behalf of
27    the district; however, that  amount  for  the  purpose  of  a
28    special   education  school  construction  project  shall  be
29    reduced by  the  amount  of  unexpended  State  reimbursement
30    received  under  Section  14-13.02  of  the School Code.  The
                            -2-               LRB9007684THpkB
 1    Grant Index shall not be used  in  cases  where  the  General
 2    Assembly  and  Governor approve appropriations designated for
 3    specifically   identified   school   district    construction
 4    projects.
 5    (Source: P.A. 87-184.)
 6        (20 ILCS 3105/1A-5) (from Ch. 127, par. 783.5)
 7        Sec.  1A-5.  The State Board of Education shall establish
 8    eligibility standards for Planning Assistance grants,  School
 9    Construction  Project  grants  and  Debt  Service grants.  In
10    establishing such standards, the  State  Board  of  Education
11    shall  consider the factors stated in Sections 35-6, 35-9 and
12    35-10 of the "The School Code", approved March 18,  1961,  as
13    amended.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article
14    or any other law of this State, no elementary school district
15    or high school  district  shall  be  eligible  for  a  School
16    Construction Project grant unless that district has a minimum
17    student  enrollment  of  200  or  more,  and  no  unit school
18    district shall be eligible for a School Construction  Project
19    grant  unless  that district has a minimum student enrollment
20    of 400 or more.
21    (Source: P.A. 79-1098.)
22        (20 ILCS 3105/1A-5.1) (from Ch. 127, par. 783.5-1)
23        Sec. 1A-5.1.  Grants for debt service can only be used to
24    retire existing bonds, or for principal and interest payments
25    required to be made on outstanding bonds, that are issued  by
26    a   school   district  for  capital  facilities  or  for  the
27    acquisition,   development,   construction,   reconstruction,
28    rehabilitation,  improvement,  architectural  planning,   and
29    installation  by  a  school  district  of  capital facilities
30    consisting of buildings, structures, durable  equipment,  and
31    land  for  education  purposes, or for principal and interest
32    payments required to be made on outstanding bonds issued  for
                            -3-               LRB9007684THpkB
 1    capital  facilities  by  a  school  district  pursuant to any
 2    indenture, ordinance,  resolution,  agreement,  or  contract.
 3    However,  grants  for  debt  service  may  be made under this
 4    Article and used to retire existing bonds, or  for  principal
 5    and  interest  payments  required  to  be made on outstanding
 6    bonds, that are issued for the  purposes  specified  in  this
 7    Section  only  if  those  existing  or  outstanding bonds are
 8    issued by a school district on or after January 1,  1996  and
 9    before  January  1,  1998  pursuant to an election at which a
10    proposition for the issuance of those bonds is approved by  a
11    majority of the electors of the school district voting on the
12    proposition at a regular scheduled election.  The grant Index
13    for  a  district times 10% 50% of the aggregate amount of the
14    principal and interest payments that are required to be  paid
15    as  they  fall due over the entire life of the bonds in order
16    to fully pay and discharge the bonds at  their  maturity  due
17    and  payable during the applicant school district fiscal year
18    for which the application was filed equals the amount of  the
19    debt  service  grant  that  the Board shall distribute to the
20    district.  The full amount of the debt service grant shall be
21    distributed by the Board to the district as a one-time,  lump
22    sum  distribution  in the fiscal year in which the district's
23    grant application  is  approved.  Whenever  grants  for  debt
24    service are used for principal and interest payments required
25    to  be  made  on  existing  or outstanding bonds issued on or
26    after January 1, 1996 and before January 1, 1998 pursuant  to
27    referendum  as  required by this Section, proper reduction of
28    taxes levied for the purpose  of  making  payments  on  those
29    bonds shall be made by the County Clerk.
30    (Source: P. A. 78-223.)
31        Section 5-10.  The General Obligation Bond Act is amended
32    by changing Sections 2 and 5 as follows:
                            -4-               LRB9007684THpkB
 1        (30 ILCS 330/2) (from Ch. 127, par. 652)
 2        (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 90-8)
 3        Sec.  2.  Authorization for Bonds.  The State of Illinois
 4    is authorized to issue, sell and provide for  the  retirement
 5    of  General  Obligation Bonds of the State of Illinois in the
 6    total amount of $10,305,508,392 $8,805,508,392 herein  called
 7    "Bonds".
 8        Of  the  total  amount  of  bonds authorized above, up to
 9    $2,200,000,000 in aggregate original principal amount may  be
10    issued  and sold in accordance with the Baccalaureate Savings
11    Act in the form of General Obligation College Savings Bonds.
12        Of the total amount of  bonds  authorized  above,  up  to
13    $300,000,000  in  aggregate  original principal amount may be
14    issued and sold in accordance with the Retirement Savings Act
15    in the form of General Obligation Retirement Savings Bonds.
16        The issuance and sale of Bonds pursuant  to  the  General
17    Obligation  Bond Act is an economical and efficient method of
18    financing the capital needs of  the  State.   This  Act  will
19    permit  the  issuance  of  a multi-purpose General Obligation
20    Bond with uniform terms and features.   This  will  not  only
21    lower  the  cost  of registration but also reduce the overall
22    cost of  issuing  debt  by  improving  the  marketability  of
23    Illinois General Obligation Bonds.
24        Bonds  shall  be  issued  for the categories and specific
25    purposes expressed in Sections 2 through 8 and Section 16  of
26    this Act.
27    (Source: P.A. 90-1, eff. 2-20-97.)
28        (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 90-8)
29        Sec.  2.  Authorization for Bonds.  The State of Illinois
30    is authorized to issue, sell and provide for  the  retirement
31    of  General  Obligation Bonds of the State of Illinois in the
32    total amount of $10,472,708,392 $8,972,708,392 herein  called
33    "Bonds".
34        Of  the  total  amount  of  bonds authorized above, up to
                            -5-               LRB9007684THpkB
 1    $2,200,000,000 in aggregate original principal amount may  be
 2    issued  and sold in accordance with the Baccalaureate Savings
 3    Act in the form of General Obligation College Savings Bonds.
 4        Of the total amount of  bonds  authorized  above,  up  to
 5    $300,000,000  in  aggregate  original principal amount may be
 6    issued and sold in accordance with the Retirement Savings Act
 7    in the form of General Obligation Retirement Savings Bonds.
 8        The issuance and sale of Bonds pursuant  to  the  General
 9    Obligation  Bond Act is an economical and efficient method of
10    financing the capital needs of  the  State.   This  Act  will
11    permit  the  issuance  of  a multi-purpose General Obligation
12    Bond with uniform terms and features.   This  will  not  only
13    lower  the  cost  of registration but also reduce the overall
14    cost of  issuing  debt  by  improving  the  marketability  of
15    Illinois General Obligation Bonds.
16        Bonds  shall  be  issued  for the categories and specific
17    purposes expressed in Sections 2 through 8 and Section 16  of
18    this Act.
19    (Source: P.A. 90-1, eff. 2-20-97; 90-8, eff. 6-1-98.)
20        (30 ILCS 330/5) (from Ch. 127, par. 655)
21        Sec. 5.  School Construction.
22        (a)  The   amount   of   $1,558,450,000   $58,450,000  is
23    authorized to make grants to local school districts  for  the
24    acquisition,   development,   construction,   reconstruction,
25    rehabilitation,    improvement,    financing,   architectural
26    planning and installation of  capital  facilities,  including
27    but  not  limited  to  those  required  for special education
28    building projects provided for in Article 14  of  the  School
29    Code,   consisting  of  buildings,  structures,  and  durable
30    equipment, and for the acquisition and  improvement  of  real
31    property and interests in real property required, or expected
32    to  be  required,  in connection therewith. Of the additional
33    $1,500,000,000 authorized by this amendatory Act of 1997  for
                            -6-               LRB9007684THpkB
 1    grants  to  local school districts for the purposes specified
 2    in this subsection, no  more  than  20%  of  that  additional
 3    amount  shall be used for making grants under this subsection
 4    to a school district with a population exceeding 500,000 that
 5    is organized under Article 34 of the  School  Code,  and  not
 6    more  than  80%  of  that additional amount shall be used for
 7    making grants under  this  subsection  to  all  other  school
 8    districts in the State.
 9        (b)  $22,550,000, or so much thereof as may be necessary,
10    for  grants  to  school districts for the making of principal
11    and interest payments, required to be made, on  bonds  issued
12    by  such  school districts after January 1, 1969, pursuant to
13    any indenture, ordinance, resolution, agreement  or  contract
14    to   provide   funds   for   the   acquisition,  development,
15    construction,  reconstruction,  rehabilitation,  improvement,
16    architectural planning and installation of capital facilities
17    consisting of buildings, structures,  durable  equipment  and
18    land  for educational purposes or for lease payments required
19    to be made by a school district for  principal  and  interest
20    payments  on  bonds  issued  by  a Public Building Commission
21    after January 1, 1969.
22        (c)  $10,000,000 for grants to school districts  for  the
23    acquisition,   development,   construction,   reconstruction,
24    rehabilitation,   improvement,   architectural  planning  and
25    installation of capital facilities  consisting  of  buildings
26    structures,  durable equipment and land for special education
27    building projects.
28        (d)  $9,000,000 for grants to school  districts  for  the
29    reconstruction,  rehabilitation,  improvement,  financing and
30    architectural  planning  of  capital  facilities,   including
31    construction  at  another  location  to  replace such capital
32    facilities, consisting of those public school  buildings  and
33    temporary  school facilities which, prior to January 1, 1984,
34    were condemned by the regional superintendent  under  Section
                            -7-               LRB9007684THpkB
 1    3-14.22  of  The  School Code or by any State official having
 2    jurisdiction over building safety.
 3    (Source: P.A. 84-1227.)
 4        Section 5-15.  The Telecommunications Excise Tax  Act  is
 5    amended by changing Sections 3 and 4 as follows:
 6        (35 ILCS 630/3) (from Ch. 120, par. 2003)
 7        Sec.  3.   Until December 31, 1997, a tax is imposed upon
 8    the act or privilege of originating or  receiving  intrastate
 9    telecommunications  by  a person in this State at the rate of
10    5% of the gross charge for such telecommunications  purchased
11    at  retail from a retailer by such person.  Beginning January
12    1, 1998, a tax is  imposed  upon  the  act  or  privilege  of
13    originating   in  this  State  or  receiving  in  this  State
14    intrastate telecommunications by a person in  this  State  at
15    the   rate   of   6.5%   of   the   gross   charge  for  such
16    telecommunications purchased at retail  from  a  retailer  by
17    such  person.  However, such tax is not imposed on the act or
18    privilege to the extent such act or privilege may not,  under
19    the  Constitution  and statutes of the United States, be made
20    the subject of taxation by the State.
21    (Source: P.A. 84-1295.)
22        (35 ILCS 630/4) (from Ch. 120, par. 2004)
23        Sec. 4.  Until December 31, 1997, a tax is  imposed  upon
24    the  act  or  privilege  of  originating  in  this  State  or
25    receiving  in  this  State interstate telecommunications by a
26    person in this State at the rate of 5% of  the  gross  charge
27    for  such  telecommunications  purchased  at  retail  from  a
28    retailer by such person.  Beginning January 1, 1998, a tax is
29    imposed  upon  the  act  or  privilege of originating in this
30    State    or    receiving    in    this    State    interstate
31    telecommunications by a person in this State at the  rate  of
                            -8-               LRB9007684THpkB
 1    6.5%   of   the  gross  charge  for  such  telecommunications
 2    purchased at retail from  a  retailer  by  such  person.   To
 3    prevent  actual  multi-state taxation of the act or privilege
 4    that  is  subject  to  taxation  under  this  paragraph,  any
 5    taxpayer, upon proof that that taxpayer has  paid  a  tax  in
 6    another  state  on  such  event,  shall  be  allowed a credit
 7    against the tax imposed in this Section 4 to  the  extent  of
 8    the  amount  of  such tax properly due and paid in such other
 9    state.  However, such tax  is  not  imposed  on  the  act  or
10    privilege  to the extent such act or privilege may not, under
11    the Constitution and statutes of the United States,  be  made
12    the subject of taxation by the State.
13    (Source: P.A. 84-1295.)
14        Section  5-20.   The  School  Code is amended by changing
15    Sections 1A-2, 1B-8, 1C-2, 2-3.51.5, 2-3.64, 7-11,  10-20.9a,
16    10-22.6,  10-22.20,  10-22.23, 10-22.23a, 10-22.33B, 10-23.5,
17    10-23.8, 10-23.8a, 18-4.3, 18-8, 18-8.2, 18-8.4, 21-1a, 21-2,
18    21-2.1,  21-2a,  21-3,  21-4,  21-5,  21-5a,  21-5b,   21-10,
19    21-11.1, 21-11.3, 21-11.4, 21-14, 24-11, 24-12, 27A-2, 27A-7,
20    27A-8,  27A-9,  27A-11,  29-5,  34-8.4,  34-18, and 34-84 and
21    adding  Sections  2-3.117a,  10-20.30,  10-22.34c,   18-8.05,
22    21-5c, 21-5d, 27-23.6, and 34-18.17 as follows:
23        (105 ILCS 5/1A-2) (from Ch. 122, par. 1A-2)
24        Sec.  1A-2.   Qualifications.   The  members of the State
25    Board of Education shall be citizens of the United States and
26    residents of the State of Illinois and shall be  selected  as
27    far as may be practicable on the basis of their knowledge of,
28    or  interest and experience in, problems of public education.
29    No member of the State Board of Education shall be  gainfully
30    employed   or  administratively  connected  with  any  school
31    system, nor have  any  interest  in  or  benefit  from  funds
32    provided by the State Board of Education to an or institution
                            -9-               LRB9007684THpkB
 1    of  higher  learning, public or private, within Illinois, nor
 2    shall they be members of a school board or  board  of  school
 3    trustees of a public or nonpublic school, college, university
 4    or  technical  institution  within Illinois.  No member shall
 5    be appointed to more than 2 six year terms.  Members shall be
 6    reimbursed for all ordinary and necessary  expenses  incurred
 7    in performing their duties as members of the Board.  Expenses
 8    shall  be  approved  by  the Board and be consistent with the
 9    laws, policies, and requirements of  the  State  of  Illinois
10    regarding  such  expenditures, plus any member may include in
11    his claim for expenses $50 per day for meeting days.
12    (Source: P.A. 80-1513.)
13        (105 ILCS 5/1B-8) (from Ch. 122, par. 1B-8)
14        Sec. 1B-8.  There is created  in  the  State  Treasury  a
15    special  fund  to  be  known as the School District Emergency
16    Financial Assistance Fund (the "Fund").  The School  District
17    Emergency   Financial   Assistance   Fund  shall  consist  of
18    appropriations,  grants  from  the  federal  government   and
19    donations  from  any public or private source.  Moneys in the
20    Fund may be appropriated only to  the  State  Board  for  the
21    purposes of this Article.  The appropriation may be allocated
22    and  expended by the State Board as loans to school districts
23    which are the subject of an approved petition  for  emergency
24    financial  assistance  under  Section  1B-4.  From the amount
25    allocated to each such school district the State Board  shall
26    identify  a sum sufficient to cover all approved costs of the
27    Financial Oversight  Panel  established  for  the  respective
28    school district.  If the State Board and State Superintendent
29    of Education have not approved emergency financial assistance
30    in  conjunction with the appointment of a Financial Oversight
31    Panel,  the  Panel's  approved  costs  shall  be  paid   from
32    deductions from the district's general State aid.
33        The  Financial  Oversight Panel may prepare and file with
                            -10-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    the State Superintendent a proposal for  emergency  financial
 2    assistance  for  the  school  district and for the operations
 3    budget of the Panel.  No expenditures shall be authorized  by
 4    the  State  Superintendent until he has approved the proposal
 5    of the Panel, either as submitted or in  such  lesser  amount
 6    determined by the State Superintendent.
 7        The  maximum  amount  of  emergency  financial assistance
 8    which may be allocated to  any  school  district  under  this
 9    Article, including moneys necessary for the operations of the
10    Panel,  shall  not  exceed  $1000  times the number of pupils
11    enrolled in the school district during the school year ending
12    June 30 prior to the date of approval by the State  Board  of
13    the petition for emergency financial assistance, as certified
14    to the local board and the Panel by the State Superintendent.
15        The payment of emergency State financial assistance shall
16    be   subject   to  appropriation  by  the  General  Assembly.
17    Emergency State financial assistance allocated and paid to  a
18    school district under this Article may be applied to any fund
19    or  funds  from  which  the  local board of education of that
20    district is authorized to make expenditures by law.
21        Any  emergency  financial  assistance  proposed  by   the
22    Financial   Oversight   Panel   and  approved  by  the  State
23    Superintendent may be paid in its entirety during the initial
24    year of the Panel's existence or spread in equal or declining
25    amounts over a period of years not to exceed  the  period  of
26    the  Panel's  existence.   All  payments made from the School
27    District Emergency Financial Assistance  Fund  for  a  school
28    district shall be required to be repaid, with simple interest
29    at  the  rate  of  4%,  not later than the date the Financial
30    Oversight Panel ceases to exist. The  Panel  shall  establish
31    and  the  State  Superintendent  shall  approve the terms and
32    conditions,  including  the  schedule,  of  repayments.   The
33    schedule shall provide for repayments commencing  July  1  of
34    each  year.  Repayment  shall be incorporated into the annual
                            -11-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    budget of the school district and may be made from  any  fund
 2    or funds of the district in which there are moneys available.
 3    When  moneys  are repaid as provided herein they shall not be
 4    made  available  to  the  local  board  for  further  use  as
 5    emergency financial assistance under this Article at any time
 6    thereafter.  All repayments required to be made by  a  school
 7    district  shall  be received by the State Board and deposited
 8    in the School District Emergency Financial Assistance Fund.
 9        In  establishing  the  terms  and  conditions   for   the
10    repayment  obligation  of the school district the Panel shall
11    annually determine whether a separate local property tax levy
12    is required.  The board of any school  district  with  a  tax
13    rate for educational purposes for the prior year of less than
14    120%  of the maximum rate for educational purposes authorized
15    by Section 17-2 shall provide for a  separate  tax  levy  for
16    emergency  financial assistance repayment purposes.  Such tax
17    levy shall not be subject to referendum approval.  The amount
18    of the levy shall be equal to the amount  necessary  to  meet
19    the   annual   repayment   obligations  of  the  district  as
20    established by the Panel, or 20% of  the  amount  levied  for
21    educational  purposes  for the prior year, whichever is less.
22    However, no district shall be required to levy the tax if the
23    district's   operating   tax   rate   as   determined   under
24    subparagraph (A)(5)(b) of Section  18-8  or  18-8.05  exceeds
25    200%  of the district's tax rate for educational purposes for
26    the prior year.
27    (Source: P.A. 88-618, eff. 9-9-94.)
28        (105 ILCS 5/1C-2)
29        Sec. 1C-2.  Block grants.
30        (a)  For  fiscal  year  1999,  and   each   fiscal   year
31    thereafter,  the  State  Board  of  Education  shall award to
32    school districts block grants as described in subsections (b)
33    and (c). The State Board of Education  may  adopt  rules  and
                            -12-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    regulations necessary to implement this Section.
 2        (b)  A  Professional  Development  Block  Grant  shall be
 3    created by combining the existing  School  Improvement  Block
 4    Grant,  the  REI  Initiative,  and the Leadership Development
 5    Institute.  The State Board of Education may make  grants  to
 6    community organizations, institutions of higher learning, and
 7    other  entities on a competitive basis.  The remainder of the
 8    funds shall be distributed to school districts based  on  the
 9    number  of  instructional and related services staff employed
10    in the district.
11        (c)  An Early Childhood Education Block  Grant  shall  be
12    created   by  combining  the  following  programs:  Preschool
13    Education,  Parental  Training  and  Prevention   Initiative.
14    These  funds  shall  be  distributed  to school districts and
15    other entities on a competitive basis.  Six percent  of  this
16    grant  shall  be used to fund programs for children ages 0-3.
17    From appropriations made for block grant purposes, the  State
18    Board  of  Education is authorized to award funds to eligible
19    recipients upon application.  Semiannual installment payments
20    shall be made and semiannual  expenditure  reports  shall  be
21    required.
22    (Source: P.A. 88-555, eff. 7-27-94; 89-397, eff. 8-20-95.)
23        (105 ILCS 5/2-3.51.5)
24        Sec. 2-3.51.5.  School Safety and Educational Improvement
25    Block  Grant  Program.  To improve the level of education and
26    safety of students from  kindergarten  through  grade  12  in
27    school districts.  The State Board of Education is authorized
28    to  fund  a  School  Safety and Educational Improvement Block
29    Grant Program.
30        (1)  The program shall provide funding for school safety,
31    textbooks  and  software,  teacher  training  and  curriculum
32    development, school improvements,  and  remediation  programs
33    under subsection (a) of Section 2-3.64.  A school district or
                            -13-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    laboratory  school as defined in subsection B of Section 18-8
 2    or 18-8.05  is not required to file an application  in  order
 3    to  receive  the  categorical funding to which it is entitled
 4    under  this  Section.   Funds  for  the  School  Safety   and
 5    Educational   Improvement   Block   Grant  Program  shall  be
 6    distributed to school districts and laboratory schools  based
 7    on  the  prior year's best 3 months average daily attendance.
 8    The State Board  of  Education  shall  promulgate  rules  and
 9    regulations necessary for the implementation of this program.
10        (2)  Distribution  of moneys to school districts shall be
11    made in 2 semi-annual installments, one payment on or  before
12    October 30, and one payment prior to April 30, of each fiscal
13    year.
14        (3)  Grants  under  the  School  Safety  and  Educational
15    Improvement  Block  Grant  Program  shall be awarded provided
16    there is an appropriation for the program, and funding levels
17    for each district shall be prorated according to  the  amount
18    of the appropriation.
19    (Source: P.A. 89-610, eff. 8-6-96.)
20        (105 ILCS 5/2-3.64) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.64)
21        Sec. 2-3.64.  State goals and assessment.
22        (a)  Beginning  in  the  1992-93  school  year, the State
23    Board of Education shall establish  standards  and  annually,
24    through  the  1997-1998  school year,  assess the performance
25    of:  (i) all pupils enrolled in the 3rd, 6th, 8th,  and  10th
26    grades   in   language   arts   (reading   and  writing)  and
27    mathematics; and (ii) all pupils enrolled in  the  4th,  7th,
28    and  11th  grades  in  the  biological,  physical, and social
29    sciences.  Beginning in the 1995-96 school  year,  the  State
30    Board of Education shall establish standards and periodically
31    conduct,  through  the  1997-1998  school  year,  studies  of
32    student  performance  in  the learning areas of fine arts and
33    physical development/health.  Beginning  with  the  1998-1999
                            -14-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    school  year,  the  State  Board  of Education shall annually
 2    assess the performance of all pupils enrolled in the 3rd, and
 3    5th, and  8th  grades  in  the  basic  subjects  of  reading,
 4    writing,  and mathematics. The State Board of Education shall
 5    establish, in final  form  and  within  one  year  after  the
 6    effective  date  of this amendatory Act of 1996, the academic
 7    standards that are to be applicable to pupils who are subject
 8    to State assessment under this  Section  beginning  with  the
 9    1998-1999 school year.  However, the State Board of Education
10    shall  not establish any such standards in final form without
11    first providing opportunities for  public  participation  and
12    local   input  in  the  development  of  the  final  academic
13    standards.    Those    opportunities    shall    include    a
14    well-publicized  period  of  public  comment, public hearings
15    throughout the  State,  and  opportunities  to  file  written
16    comments.   Beginning   with  the  1998-99  school  year  and
17    thereafter, pupils in the 3rd, grade or  5th,  or  8th  grade
18    who,  by  their  performance on the State assessment tests in
19    reading, writing, or mathematics  or  by  teacher  judgement,
20    demonstrate  a  proficiency  level  in  any  of  those  basic
21    subjects  comparable  to  the  average pupil performance 2 or
22    more grades below their current placement shall  be  retained
23    in  that  placement for the ensuing school year without being
24    promoted to the next higher grade  level,  unless  under  the
25    provisions  of  subsection (b) or (j) of Section 27-23.6 they
26    qualify for promotion or are exempted  from  the  requirement
27    that  they  be  retained  in  their current placement without
28    promotion  for  the  ensuing  school  year.  be  provided   a
29    remediation program developed by the district in consultation
30    with  a  parent  or  guardian.  Such remediation programs may
31    include,  but  shall  not  be  limited   to,   increased   or
32    concentrated  instructional  time,  a  remedial summer school
33    program of not less than  90  hours,  improved  instructional
34    approaches,   tutorial  sessions,  retention  in  grade,  and
                            -15-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    modifications to instructional materials. Each pupil for whom
 2    a remediation program  is  developed  under  this  subsection
 3    shall  be  required  to enroll in and attend whatever program
 4    the  district  determines  is  appropriate  for  the   pupil.
 5    Districts  may combine students in remediation programs where
 6    appropriate and may cooperate with  other  districts  in  the
 7    design  and  delivery  of  those  programs.   The  parent  or
 8    guardian  of  a  student  required  to  attend  a remediation
 9    program under this Section shall be given written  notice  of
10    that  requirement  by  the  school district a reasonable time
11    prior to commencement of the  remediation  program  that  the
12    student  is  to  attend.  The  State shall be responsible for
13    providing  school  districts  with  the  new  and  additional
14    funding, under Section 2-3.51.5 or  by  other  or  additional
15    means,  that  is  required to enable the districts to operate
16    remediation programs for  the  pupils  who  are  required  to
17    enroll in and attend those programs under this Section. Every
18    individualized educational program as described in Article 14
19    shall  identify  if  the State test or components thereof are
20    appropriate for that student.  For those pupils for whom  the
21    State  test  or  components  thereof are not appropriate, the
22    State Board of Education shall develop rules and  regulations
23    governing   the  administration  of  alternative  assessments
24    prescribed within each student's  individualized  educational
25    program  which  are  appropriate  to  the  disability of each
26    student.  All pupils who are in a State approved transitional
27    bilingual  education  program  or  transitional  program   of
28    instruction  shall  participate in the State assessment.  Any
29    student who has been enrolled in a State  approved  bilingual
30    education  program  less  than  3  academic  years  shall  be
31    exempted if the student's lack of English as determined by an
32    English language proficiency test would keep the student from
33    understanding  the  test,  and  that student's district shall
34    have an alternative assessment  program  in  place  for  that
                            -16-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    student.  The  State  Board of Education shall appoint a task
 2    force of concerned parents, teachers,  school  administrators
 3    and   other  professionals  to  assist  in  identifying  such
 4    alternative assessment programs. Reasonable accommodations as
 5    prescribed by the State Board of Education shall be  provided
 6    for  individual  students  in  the assessment procedure.  All
 7    assessment  procedures  prescribed  by  the  State  Board  of
 8    Education shall require: (i) that each test  used  for  State
 9    and  local  student  assessment  testing  under  this Section
10    identify by name the pupil taking the  test;  (ii)  that  the
11    name  of  the  pupil taking the test be placed on the test at
12    the time the test is taken; (iii) that the results or  scores
13    of  each  test  taken  under  this  Section by a pupil of the
14    school district be reported to that district and identify  by
15    name  the  pupil who received the reported results of scores;
16    and (iv) that the results or scores of each test taken  under
17    this  Section  be made available to the parents of the pupil.
18    In addition, beginning with the 1998-1999 school year and  in
19    each school year thereafter, all scores received by a student
20    on   the   Illinois   Goals   and  Assessment  Program  tests
21    administered by the  State  Board  of  Education  under  this
22    Section  and, beginning with the 1999-2000 school year and in
23    each school year thereafter, on the Prairie State Achievement
24    Examination administered under subsection (c) of this Section
25    shall become part of the student's permanent record and shall
26    be entered therein pursuant to  regulations  that  the  State
27    Board  of  Education  shall  promulgate  for  that purpose in
28    accordance with Section 3 and subsection (e) of Section 2  of
29    the  Illinois  School Student Records Act. The State Board of
30    Education shall establish a common month in each school  year
31    for which State testing shall occur to meet the objectives of
32    this  Section.   However,  if  the  schools of a district are
33    closed and classes are not scheduled during any week that  is
34    established  by  the  State Board of Education as the week of
                            -17-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    the month when State testing under this Section shall  occur,
 2    the school district may administer the required State testing
 3    at  any  time up to 2 weeks following the week established by
 4    the State Board of Education for the testing, so long as  the
 5    school  district  gives  the State Board of Education written
 6    notice of its  intention  to  deviate  from  the  established
 7    schedule  by  January  2  of the year in which falls the week
 8    established by the State Board of Education for the  testing.
 9    The  maximum  time  allowed  for  all actual testing required
10    under this subsection during the school year shall not exceed
11    25 hours as allocated among the required tests by  the  State
12    Board of Education.
13        (a-5)  The  State  Board  of  Education  shall review the
14    current  assessment   testing   schedule   applicable   under
15    subsection  (a)  on the effective date of this amendatory Act
16    of 1996 and submit a plan to  the  General  Assembly,  on  or
17    before  December  31,  1996, to increase the effectiveness of
18    the State assessment tests administered under that subsection
19    with respect to student diagnosis and to reduce the amount of
20    classroom time spent administering those tests.  The  General
21    Assembly  may  enact  the  recommendations  made by the State
22    Board of Education to maximize effectiveness and minimize the
23    hours and grade levels of testing.
24        (b)  It shall be the policy of  the  State  to  encourage
25    school  districts  to  continuously assess pupil proficiency.
26    Each district's school improvement plan must address specific
27    activities the district intends to implement to assist pupils
28    who by teacher judgement and assessment results as prescribed
29    in subsection (a) of this Section demonstrate that  they  are
30    not  meeting State goals or local objectives. Such activities
31    may include, but shall not  be  limited  to,  summer  school,
32    extended  school  day,  special  homework, tutorial sessions,
33    modified instructional materials, other modifications in  the
34    instructional  program,  reduced  class  size or retention in
                            -18-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    grade.    To  assist  school  districts  in  assessing  pupil
 2    proficiency in reading in the primary grades, the State Board
 3    shall   make  optional  reading  inventories  for  diagnostic
 4    purposes available to each school district that requests such
 5    assistance.    Districts   that   administer   the    reading
 6    inventories may develop remediation programs for students who
 7    perform  in the bottom half of the student population.  Those
 8    remediation programs may be funded by moneys  provided  under
 9    the  School  Safety  and  Educational Improvement Block Grant
10    Program established under Section 2-3.51.5. Nothing  in  this
11    Section  shall  prevent  school  districts from implementing,
12    subject to the provisions of Section 27-23.6 with respect  to
13    third grade, fifth grade, and eighth grade students,  testing
14    and  remediation  policies for grades not required under this
15    Section.
16        (c)  Beginning  with  the  1999-2000  school  year,  each
17    school district that  operates  a  high  school  program  for
18    students  in  grades  9 through 12 shall administer a Prairie
19    State Achievement Examination each year  to  its  12th  grade
20    students.   The  Prairie  State Achievement Examination shall
21    measure student performance in  the  5  fundamental  academic
22    areas  of  reading, writing, mathematics, science, and social
23    studies.  The State Board of Education  shall  establish  the
24    academic  standards  that  are  to apply in measuring student
25    performance on the Prairie State Achievement  Examination  in
26    those  5  fundamental  academic  areas, including the minimum
27    examination score that will  qualify  for  purposes  of  this
28    Section  as  a  score  that  is  excellent  and  the  minimum
29    examination  score  that  will  qualify  as  a  score that is
30    passing.  A  student  whose  score  on  the   Prairie   State
31    Achievement  Examination is determined to be excellent by the
32    State Board of Education shall receive    the  Prairie  State
33    Achievement  Award  from  the  State  in  recognition  of the
34    student's excellent performance.  Each  12th  grade  student,
                            -19-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    exclusive  of  a  student  whose  individualized  educational
 2    program  developed  under  Article  14  does not identify the
 3    Prairie State Achievement Examination as appropriate for  the
 4    student,  shall  be  required  to take the examination, which
 5    each school district  shall  administer  to  its  12th  grade
 6    students  in  January of each school year.  The Prairie State
 7    Achievement Examination shall be administered by each  school
 8    district  a  second  time,  in March of each school year, for
 9    those 12th grade students who fail to receive a score on  the
10    January  examination  that  is  passing or that would qualify
11    them to receive the Prairie State Achievement Award  and  who
12    elect  to  take  the  March  examination  for  the purpose of
13    attempting to earn a passing  score  or  a  score  that  will
14    qualify  them  to  receive the Prairie State Achievement that
15    Award. Personnel of the school attended by a pupil who  fails
16    to  earn  a score that is excellent or passing on the Prairie
17    State Achievement Examination in January shall work with that
18    pupil with the goal of enabling the pupil  to  earn  a  score
19    that  is  excellent or passing when he or she is afforded the
20    opportunity to take the examination again in March.  Students
21    who  will  graduate from high school before entering grade 12
22    shall take the Prairie State Achievement  Examination  during
23    the school year in which they will graduate from high school.
24    Students   receiving   special   education   services   whose
25    individualized  educational  programs  do  not  identify  the
26    Prairie State Achievement Examination as appropriate for them
27    nevertheless shall have the option of taking the examination,
28    which  shall  be administered to those students in accordance
29    with standards adopted  by the State Board  of  Education  to
30    accommodate  the respective disabilities of those students. A
31    pupil who fails to attain a  passing  score  on  the  Prairie
32    State  Achievement Examination at either the January or March
33    examination shall be issued an attendance certificate instead
34    of  a  high  school  diploma.   An   attendance   certificate
                            -20-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    certifies that a high school student has completed 4 years of
 2    high  school  education.  A person who receives an attendance
 3    certificate may, at his or her own expense, apply for testing
 4    in accordance with Section 3-15.12 that will qualify  him  or
 5    her  for a GED certificate.  The scores received by a student
 6    on the Prairie State  Achievement  Examination  shall  become
 7    part  of  the student's permanent record and shall be entered
 8    therein pursuant to  regulations  that  the  State  Board  of
 9    Education  shall  promulgate  for  that purpose in accordance
10    with Section 3  and  subsection  (e)  of  Section  2  of  the
11    Illinois   School   Student   Records   Act.  A  student  who
12    successfully  completes  all  other  applicable  high  school
13    graduation requirements but fails to receive a score  on  the
14    Prairie  State  Achievement  Examination  that  qualifies the
15    student for receipt of the Prairie  State  Achievement  Award
16    shall  nevertheless qualify for the receipt of a regular high
17    school diploma.
18    (Source:  P.A. 88-192; 88-227; 88-670, eff. 12-2-94;  88-686,
19    eff. 1-24-95; 89-610, eff. 8-6-96.)
20        (105 ILCS 5/2-3.117a new)
21        Sec. 2-3.117a.  School Technology Revolving Loan Program.
22    The  School  Technology  Revolving  Loan  Program  is  hereby
23    created.   The  program shall be implemented and administered
24    by the  State  Board  of  Education  for  the  1998-1999  and
25    subsequent school years.
26        From  appropriations made to the State Board of Education
27    for purposes of this Section, the State  Board  of  Education
28    shall  make  loans  to  school  districts to be used by those
29    districts for technology-related investments.   For  purposes
30    of   this   Section,   technology-related  investments  means
31    investments that are made by a  school  district  to  acquire
32    computer  hardware,  software,  optical  media  networks, and
33    related wiring.   Loans  for  technology-related  investments
                            -21-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    shall  be  made  pursuant  to  appropriation  on  a revolving
 2    schedule of grade levels as follows:
 3        (i)  technology  investment  loans  serving  kindergarten
 4    through grade 4 shall be made  during  the  1998-1999  school
 5    year and every third school year thereafter;
 6        (ii)  technology   investment   loans  serving  grades  5
 7    through 8 shall be made during the 1999-2000 school year  and
 8    every third school year thereafter; and
 9        (iii)  technology   investment  loans  serving  grades  9
10    through 12 shall be made during the 2000-2001 school year and
11    every third school year thereafter.
12        Loans made to school districts under this  Section  shall
13    be  repayable  with  interest  and  on such terms and in such
14    installments as the State Board of Education  shall  by  rule
15    provide, except that the term of a technology investment loan
16    shall  not  exceed  3  years, and the interest payable on the
17    loan shall not  exceed  the  rate  per  annum  payable  on  a
18    judgment  when  the  judgment  debtor  is  a  unit  of  local
19    government,  as  provided under Section 2-1301 of the Code of
20    Civil Procedure.
21        All loan repayments shall be paid over and transmitted as
22    received by  the  State  Board  of  Education  to  the  State
23    Treasurer for deposit into the General Revenue Fund.
24        A  school district whose equalized assessed valuation per
25    pupil is at or above  the  ninety-ninth  percentile  for  all
26    school districts of the same type, as determined by the State
27    Board  of  Education,  shall not be eligible to apply for and
28    shall not be approved for a loan under this Section.
29        The form of  application  which  school  districts  shall
30    complete  to  apply for a loan and the criteria for the award
31    of loans on a revolving schedule of grade levels as  provided
32    by  this  Section  shall  be determined by the State Board of
33    Education.  Criteria that the State Board  of  Education  may
34    consider  in  awarding loans may include a district's average
                            -22-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    daily attendance, its average daily  attendance  compared  to
 2    its  student  enrollment,  the ability and willingness of the
 3    district to contribute  financially  to  the  acquisition  of
 4    technology-related  investments,  and the district's need for
 5    additional technology-related investments.
 6        The State Board of Education shall adopt  such  rules  as
 7    are  necessary  to implement and administer the provisions of
 8    this Section, including rules regulating  the  procedure  for
 9    the  payment  and collection of amounts due on loans that are
10    in default.
11        (105 ILCS 5/7-11) (from Ch. 122, par. 7-11)
12        Sec.  7-11.   Annexation   of   dissolved   non-operating
13    districts.  If  any  school  district has become dissolved as
14    provided in Section 5-32, or if a petition for dissolution is
15    filed under subsection (b)  of  Section  7-2a,  the  regional
16    board  of  school trustees shall attach the territory of such
17    dissolved district to one  or  more  districts  and,  if  the
18    territory  is  added to 2 or more districts, shall divide the
19    property of the dissolved district  among  the  districts  to
20    which  its territory is added, in the manner provided for the
21    division of property in case of the  organization  of  a  new
22    district  from a part of another district. The regional board
23    of school trustees  of  the  region  in  which  the  regional
24    superintendent  has supervision over the school district that
25    is dissolved shall have all  power  necessary  to  annex  the
26    territory  of  the  dissolved  district  as  provided in this
27    Section, including the power to attach  the  territory  to  a
28    school   district  under  the  supervision  of  the  regional
29    superintendent of another educational  service  region.   The
30    annexation  of  the  territory of a dissolved school district
31    under  this  Section  shall  entitle  the  school   districts
32    involved  in  the annexation to payments from the State Board
33    of Education under subsection (A)(5)(m) of  Section  18-8  or
                            -23-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    subsection  (I)  of Section 18-8.05 and under Sections 18-8.2
 2    and 18-8.3  in  the  same  manner  and  to  the  same  extent
 3    authorized  in  the  case  of  other  annexations  under this
 4    Article.  Other provisions of this Article 7  of  The  School
 5    Code  shall  apply to and govern dissolutions and annexations
 6    under this Section and Section 7-2a, except that  it  is  the
 7    intent  of  the General Assembly that in the case of conflict
 8    the provisions of this Section and Section 7-2a shall control
 9    over the other provisions of this Article.
10        The regional board of school trustees shall  give  notice
11    of  a hearing, to be held not less than 50 days nor more than
12    70 days after a school district is  dissolved  under  Section
13    5-32  or  a petition is filed under subsection (b) of Section
14    7-2a, on the disposition of  the  territory  of  such  school
15    district  by  publishing  a notice thereof at least once each
16    week for 2 successive weeks in at least one newspaper  having
17    a  general  circulation  within  the  area  of  the territory
18    involved. At such  hearing,  the  regional  board  of  school
19    trustees  shall  hear  evidence  as  to  the school needs and
20    conditions of the  territory  and  of  the  area  within  and
21    adjacent  thereto,  and  shall  take  into  consideration the
22    educational welfare of the pupils of the  territory  and  the
23    normal high school attendance pattern of the children. In the
24    case of an elementary school district if all the eighth grade
25    graduates  of such district customarily attend high school in
26    the same high school district, the regional board  of  school
27    trustees  shall,  unless  it  be  impossible  because  of the
28    restrictions  of  a  special  charter  district,  annex   the
29    territory  of  the district to a contiguous elementary school
30    district whose eighth grade graduates customarily attend that
31    high school, and  that  has  an  elementary  school  building
32    nearest  to the center of the territory to be annexed, but if
33    such eighth grade graduates customarily attend more than  one
34    high  school  the  regional  board  of  school trustees shall
                            -24-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    determine the attendance pattern of such graduates and divide
 2    the territory of the district among the contiguous elementary
 3    districts whose graduates attend  the  same  respective  high
 4    schools.
 5        The  decision of the regional board of school trustees in
 6    such  matter  shall  be  issued  within  10  days  after  the
 7    conclusion of  the  hearing  and  deemed  an  "administrative
 8    decision"  as  defined  in Section 3-101 of the Code of Civil
 9    Procedure and any resident who appears at the hearing or  any
10    petitioner  may  within  10 days after a copy of the decision
11    sought to be reviewed was served by registered mail upon  the
12    party  affected  thereby  file  a  complaint for the judicial
13    review   of   such   decision   in   accordance   with    the
14    "Administrative   Review   Law",   and   all  amendments  and
15    modifications thereof and the rules adopted pursuant thereto.
16    The commencement of any action for review shall operate as  a
17    stay  of enforcement, and no further proceedings shall be had
18    until final disposition of such review. The final decision of
19    the regional board of school trustees or of  any  court  upon
20    judicial  review  shall become effective under Section 7-9 in
21    the case of a petition for dissolution filed under subsection
22    (b) of Section  7-2a,  and  a  final  decision  shall  become
23    effective immediately following the date no further appeal is
24    allowable  in  the case of a district dissolved under Section
25    5-32.
26        Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this  Section
27    or  any  other  provision  of law to the contrary, the school
28    board of the Mt. Morris  School  District  is  authorized  to
29    donate  to  the  City  of  Mount  Morris, Illinois the school
30    building and other real property used as a school site by the
31    Mt. Morris School District at the time of its dissolution, by
32    appropriate resolution adopted by the  school  board  of  the
33    district  prior  to the dissolution of the district; and upon
34    the adoption of a resolution by the school board donating the
                            -25-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    school building and school site to the City of Mount  Morris,
 2    Illinois as authorized by this Section, the regional board of
 3    school trustees or other school officials holding legal title
 4    to  the  school  building  and  school  site so donated shall
 5    immediately convey the  same  to  the  City  of  Mt.  Morris,
 6    Illinois.
 7    (Source: P.A. 88-386.)
 8        (105 ILCS 5/10-20.9a) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-20.9a)
 9        Sec. 10-20.9a.  Final Grade; Promotion.
10        (a)  Teachers   shall  administer  the  approved  marking
11    system or other approved means of evaluating pupil  progress.
12    The  teacher  shall  maintain the responsibility and right to
13    determine grades and other evaluations of students within the
14    grading policies of  the  district  based  upon  his  or  her
15    professional  judgment of available criteria pertinent to any
16    given subject area  or  activity  for  which  he  or  she  is
17    responsible.  District policy shall provide the procedure and
18    reasons  by  and  for  which a grade may be changed; provided
19    that  no  grade  or  evaluation  shall  be  changed   without
20    notification to the teacher concerning the nature and reasons
21    for  such change. If such a change is made, the person making
22    the change shall assume such responsibility  for  determining
23    the grade or evaluation, and shall initial such change.
24        (b)  School  districts  are  discouraged  from  promoting
25    students to the next higher grade level based upon age or any
26    other  social reasons not related to the academic performance
27    of the students. However,  as  a  matter  of  general  policy
28    school districts should avoid retaining kindergarten students
29    as  an alternative to their promotion to first grade.  School
30    boards may adopt and enforce such policies  on  promotion  as
31    they  deem necessary to ensure that students meet local goals
32    and objectives and can perform at the  expected  grade  level
33    prior  to  promotion.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
                            -26-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    this Section, a school district's policy on the promotion and
 2    retention of third  grade,  fifth  grade,  and  eighth  grade
 3    students  shall  be governed and controlled by the provisions
 4    of subsection (a) of Section 2-3.64 or, in a school  district
 5    in  which  the school board elects to conduct a summer school
 6    bridge program under Section 27-23.6, by  the  provisions  of
 7    that Section.
 8    (Source: P.A. 89-610, eff. 8-6-96.)
 9        (105 ILCS 5/10-20.30 new)
10        Sec. 10-20.30.  No pass-no play policy.  The school board
11    of  each  school  district  that  maintains  any  of grades 9
12    through 12 shall establish, implement, and enforce a  uniform
13    and  consistent  policy under which a student in any of those
14    grades who fails to maintain a specified minimum grade  point
15    average  or a specified minimum grade in each course in which
16    the student is enrolled or both  is  suspended  from  further
17    participation  in  any  school-sponsored  or school-supported
18    athletic or extracurricular activities for a specified period
19    or until a specified minimum grade point average  or  minimum
20    grade  or  both are earned by the student.  Each school board
21    shall adopt a policy as required by this  Section  not  later
22    than one year after the effective date of this amendatory Act
23    of  1997  and  shall  concurrently file a copy of that policy
24    with the State Board of Education.  After the policy has been
25    in effect for one year, and annually thereafter,  the  school
26    board  shall  file a report with the State Board of Education
27    setting forth the number and length  of  suspensions  imposed
28    under  the policy during the period covered by the report and
29    any modifications made to the policy since  the  last  report
30    filed  by  the  district.  If  the school board already has a
31    policy that is  consistent  with  the  requirements  of  this
32    Section  in  effect  on the effective date of this amendatory
33    Act of 1997, it shall file a copy of  that  policy  with  the
                            -27-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    State  Board  of Education within 30 days after the effective
 2    date of this amendatory Act and shall file an  annual  report
 3    under this Section every 12 months thereafter.
 4        (105 ILCS 5/10-22.6) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.6)
 5        Sec.  10-22.6.  Suspension or expulsion of pupils; school
 6    searches.
 7        (a)  To expel pupils  guilty  of  gross  disobedience  or
 8    misconduct,  and  no  action  shall lie against them for such
 9    expulsion. Expulsion shall take place only after the  parents
10    have  been  requested to appear at a meeting of the board, or
11    with a hearing officer appointed  by  it,  to  discuss  their
12    child's behavior. Such request shall be made by registered or
13    certified mail and shall state the time, place and purpose of
14    the meeting. The board, or a hearing officer appointed by it,
15    at such meeting shall state the reasons for dismissal and the
16    date  on  which  the  expulsion  is to become effective. If a
17    hearing officer is appointed by the board he shall report  to
18    the  board  a  written  summary  of the evidence heard at the
19    meeting and the board may take  such  action  thereon  as  it
20    finds appropriate.
21        (b)  To   suspend  or  by  regulation  to  authorize  the
22    superintendent of the district or  the  principal,  assistant
23    principal,  or  dean  of  students  of  any school to suspend
24    pupils guilty of gross  disobedience  or  misconduct,  or  to
25    suspend  pupils guilty of gross disobedience or misconduct on
26    the school bus from riding the  school  bus,  and  no  action
27    shall  lie against them for such suspension. The board may by
28    regulation authorize the superintendent of  the  district  or
29    the  principal,  assistant  principal, or dean of students of
30    any school to suspend pupils guilty of such acts for a period
31    not to exceed 10 school days. If a pupil is suspended due  to
32    gross  disobedience  or misconduct on a school bus, the board
33    may suspend the pupil in excess of 10 school days for  safety
                            -28-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    reasons.  Any suspension shall be reported immediately to the
 2    parents or guardian of such pupil along with a full statement
 3    of  the  reasons  for  such  suspension and a notice of their
 4    right to a review, a copy of which  shall  be  given  to  the
 5    school  board.  Upon  request  of the parents or guardian the
 6    school board or a  hearing  officer  appointed  by  it  shall
 7    review  such  action  of  the  superintendent  or  principal,
 8    assistant principal, or dean of students.  At such review the
 9    parents  or  guardian of the pupil may appear and discuss the
10    suspension with the  board  or  its  hearing  officer.  If  a
11    hearing  officer is appointed by the board he shall report to
12    the board a written summary of  the  evidence  heard  at  the
13    meeting.  After  its  hearing  or upon receipt of the written
14    report of its hearing officer, the board may take such action
15    as it finds appropriate.
16        (c)  The Department of Human Services shall be invited to
17    send a representative to  consult  with  the  board  at  such
18    meeting whenever there is evidence that mental illness may be
19    the cause for expulsion or suspension.
20        (d)  The  board may expel a student for a definite period
21    of time not to exceed 2 calendar years, as  determined  on  a
22    case  by  case  basis.    A student who is determined to have
23    brought a weapon to school, any school-sponsored activity  or
24    event,  or  any  activity  or  event which bears a reasonable
25    relationship to school shall be expelled for a period of  not
26    less  than  one year, except that the expulsion period may be
27    modified by the board on a case by case basis.  For  purposes
28    of  this  Section,  the  term "weapon" means possession, use,
29    control or transfer of any object which may be used to  cause
30    bodily harm, including but not limited to a weapon as defined
31    by  Section  921  of Title 18, United States Code, firearm as
32    defined in Section 1.1 of the Firearm  Owners  Identification
33    Act, use of weapon as defined in Section 24-1 of the Criminal
34    Code,   knives,   guns,  firearms,  rifles,  shotguns,  brass
                            -29-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    knuckles, billy clubs, or "look-alikes" thereof.  Such  items
 2    as baseball bats, pipes, bottles, locks, sticks, pencils, and
 3    pens  may  be  considered  weapons if used or attempted to be
 4    used to cause bodily harm.  Expulsion or suspension shall  be
 5    construed in a manner consistent with the Federal Individuals
 6    with  Disabilities Education Act. A student who is subject to
 7    suspension or expulsion as provided in this  Section  may  be
 8    eligible  for  a transfer to an alternative school program in
 9    accordance  with  Article  13A  of  the  School  Code.    The
10    provisions  of  this  subsection  (d)  apply  in  all  school
11    districts,  including special charter districts and districts
12    organized under Article 34.
13        (e)  To maintain  order  and  security  in  the  schools,
14    school  authorities  may  inspect and search places and areas
15    such as  lockers,  desks,  parking  lots,  and  other  school
16    property  and equipment owned or controlled by the school, as
17    well as personal effects left in those places  and  areas  by
18    students,  without  notice  to or the consent of the student,
19    and without a search warrant.  As a matter of public  policy,
20    the  General  Assembly finds that students have no reasonable
21    expectation of privacy in these places and areas or in  their
22    personal  effects  left  in  these  places and areas.  School
23    authorities may request the  assistance  of  law  enforcement
24    officials  for  the  purpose  of  conducting  inspections and
25    searches of lockers, desks, parking lots,  and  other  school
26    property  and equipment owned or controlled by the school for
27    illegal  drugs,  weapons,  or  other  illegal  or   dangerous
28    substances or materials, including searches conducted through
29    the  use of specially trained dogs.  If a search conducted in
30    accordance with  this  Section  produces  evidence  that  the
31    student  has  violated  or is violating either the law, local
32    ordinance, or the school's policies or rules,  such  evidence
33    may  be seized by school authorities, and disciplinary action
34    may be taken.  School authorities may  also  turn  over  such
                            -30-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    evidence  to  law enforcement authorities.  The provisions of
 2    this subsection (e) apply in all school districts,  including
 3    special  charter  districts  and  districts  organized  under
 4    Article 34.
 5        (f)  Suspension  or  expulsion  may include suspension or
 6    expulsion  from  school  and  all  school  activities  and  a
 7    prohibition from being present on school grounds.
 8    (Source: P.A.  89-371,  eff.  1-1-96;  89-507,  eff.  7-1-97;
 9    89-610, eff. 8-6-96; 90-14, eff. 7-1-97.)
10        (105 ILCS 5/10-22.20) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.20)
11        Sec.  10-22.20.  Classes  for  adults  and  youths  whose
12    schooling   has   been   interrupted;  Conditions  for  State
13    reimbursement; Use of child care facilities.
14        (a)  To establish special classes for the instruction (1)
15    of persons of age 21 years or over, and (2) of  persons  less
16    than age 21 and not otherwise in attendance in public school,
17    for  the  purpose  of  providing adults in the community, and
18    youths  whose  schooling  has  been  interrupted,  with  such
19    additional basic education, vocational  skill  training,  and
20    other  instruction  as  may  be  necessary  to increase their
21    qualifications for employment or other means of  self-support
22    and  their ability to meet their responsibilities as citizens
23    including  courses  of  instruction  regularly  accepted  for
24    graduation  from  elementary  or   high   schools   and   for
25    Americanization  and  General  Educational Development Review
26    classes.
27        The board  shall  pay  the  necessary  expenses  of  such
28    classes  out of school funds of the district, including costs
29    of student transportation and such  facilities  or  provision
30    for  child-care  as  may  be necessary in the judgment of the
31    board  to  permit  maximum  utilization  of  the  courses  by
32    students with  children,  and  other  special  needs  of  the
33    students  directly related to such instruction.  The expenses
                            -31-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    thus incurred shall be subject  to  State  reimbursement,  as
 2    provided  in  this  Section.   The  board  may make a tuition
 3    charge for persons taking instruction who are not subject  to
 4    State  reimbursement,  such  tuition charge not to exceed the
 5    per capita cost of such classes.
 6        The cost of such instruction,  including  the  additional
 7    expenses   herein  authorized,  incurred  for  recipients  of
 8    financial aid under the Illinois  Public  Aid  Code,  or  for
 9    persons   for  whom  education  and  training  aid  has  been
10    authorized under Section 9-8 of that Code, shall  be  assumed
11    in  its  entirety from funds appropriated by the State to the
12    State Board of Education.
13        (b)  The  State  Board  of  Education  and  the  Illinois
14    Community  College  Board  shall  annually  enter   into   an
15    interagency   agreement   to  implement  this  Section.   The
16    interagency agreement shall establish the standards  for  the
17    courses  of  instruction  reimbursed under this Section.  The
18    State Board of Education shall supervise  the  administration
19    of   the  programs.   The  State  Board  of  Education  shall
20    determine  the  cost  of  instruction  in   accordance   with
21    standards jointly established by the State Board of Education
22    and  the Illinois Community College Board as set forth in the
23    interagency agreement,  including  therein  other  incidental
24    costs as herein authorized, which shall serve as the basis of
25    State  reimbursement  in  accordance  with  the provisions of
26    this  Section.  In  the  approval   of   programs   and   the
27    determination  of the cost of instruction, the State Board of
28    Education  shall  provide  for  the  maximum  utilization  of
29    federal funds for such programs.  The  interagency  agreement
30    shall also include:
31             (1)  the development of an index of need for program
32        planning  and  for area funding allocations as defined by
33        the State Board of Education;
34             (2)  the   method   for   calculating    hours    of
                            -32-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1        instruction,  as defined by the State Board of Education,
 2        claimable for reimbursement and a method to phase in  the
 3        calculation  and  for adjusting the calculations in cases
 4        where the services of a program are  interrupted  due  to
 5        circumstances beyond the control of the program provider;
 6             (3)  a   plan  for  the  reallocation  of  funds  to
 7        increase the  amount  allocated  for  grants  based  upon
 8        program performance as set forth in subsection (d) below;
 9        and
10             (4)  the  development  of  standards for determining
11        grants based upon performance as set forth in  subsection
12        (d)  below and a plan for the phased-in implementation of
13        those standards.
14        For  instruction  provided  by   school   districts   and
15    community  college  districts  beginning  July  1,  1996  and
16    thereafter,  reimbursement  provided  by  the  State Board of
17    Education for classes authorized by  this  Section  shall  be
18    provided  pursuant  to the terms of the interagency agreement
19    from funds appropriated for the  reimbursement  criteria  set
20    forth in subsection (c) below.
21        (c)  Upon   the   annual   approval  of  the  interagency
22    agreement,  reimbursement  shall  be   first   provided   for
23    transportation,  child care services, and other special needs
24    of the students directly related to instruction and then from
25    the funds remaining an amount equal to  the  product  of  the
26    total  credit  hours  or units of instruction approved by the
27    State Board of Education, multiplied by the following:
28             (1)  For  adult   basic   education,   the   maximum
29        reimbursement  per credit hour or per unit of instruction
30        shall be  equal  to  the  general  state  aid  per  pupil
31        foundation  level established in subsections 5(a) through
32        5(d)  of  Section  18-8  or  subsection  (B)  of  Section
33        18-8.05, divided by 60;
34             (2)  The maximum reimbursement per  credit  hour  or
                            -33-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1        per  unit  of instruction in subparagraph (1) above shall
 2        be weighted for students enrolled in classes  defined  as
 3        vocational  skills  and  approved  by  the State Board of
 4        Education by 1.25;
 5             (3)  The maximum reimbursement per  credit  hour  or
 6        per  unit  of instruction in subparagraph (1) above shall
 7        be multiplied by .90 for  students  enrolled  in  classes
 8        defined   as   adult  secondary  education  programs  and
 9        approved by the State Board of Education;
10             (4)  For community  college  districts  the  maximum
11        reimbursement  per credit hour in subparagraphs (1), (2),
12        and (3)  above  shall  be  reduced  by  the  Adult  Basic
13        Education/Adult  Secondary  Education/English As A Second
14        Language credit hour grant  rate  prescribed  in  Section
15        2-16.02 of the Public Community College Act, as pro-rated
16        to the appropriation level; and
17             (5)  Programs receiving funds under the formula that
18        was  in  effect  during  the 1994-1995 program year which
19        continue to be approved and which generate at  least  80%
20        of  the  hours  claimable  in  1994-95, or in the case of
21        programs not approved in 1994-95  at  least  80%  of  the
22        hours  claimable  in  1995-96,  shall  have  funding  for
23        subsequent  years  based upon 100% of the 1995-96 formula
24        funding level for 1996-97, 90%  of  the  1995-96  formula
25        funding  level  for  1997-98,  80% of the 1995-96 formula
26        funding level for 1998-99, and 70% of the 1995-96 formula
27        funding level for 1999-2000.  For  any  approved  program
28        which  generates  less than 80% of the claimable hours in
29        its base year, the level  of  funding  pursuant  to  this
30        paragraph  shall be reduced proportionately.  Funding for
31        program years after 1999-2000 shall be  pursuant  to  the
32        interagency agreement.
33        (d)  Upon   the   annual   approval  of  the  interagency
34    agreement, the State Board of Education shall provide  grants
                            -34-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    to  eligible  programs for supplemental activities to improve
 2    or expand services under the Adult Education Act.    Eligible
 3    programs  shall be determined based upon performance outcomes
 4    of students in the programs as set forth in  the  interagency
 5    agreement.
 6        (e)  Reimbursement  under  this  Section shall not exceed
 7    the actual costs of the approved program.
 8        If  the  amount  appropriated  to  the  State  Board   of
 9    Education  for  reimbursement under this Section is less than
10    the amount required under this Act, the  apportionment  shall
11    be proportionately reduced.
12        School  districts  and  community  college  districts may
13    assess students up to $3.00  per  credit  hour,  for  classes
14    other than Adult Basic Education level programs, if needed to
15    meet program costs.
16        (f)  An  education  plan  shall  be  established for each
17    adult or youth whose schooling has been interrupted  and  who
18    is participating in the instructional programs provided under
19    this Section.
20        Each  school  board  and  community college shall keep an
21    accurate and detailed account of the students assigned to and
22    receiving instruction under this Section who are  subject  to
23    State  reimbursement  and  shall  submit  reports of services
24    provided commencing with fiscal year 1997 as required in  the
25    interagency agreement.
26        For  classes authorized under this Section, a credit hour
27    or unit of  instruction  is  equal  to  15  hours  of  direct
28    instruction for students enrolled in approved adult education
29    programs  at  midterm  and  making  satisfactory progress, in
30    accordance with standards jointly established  by  the  State
31    Board  of  Education and the Illinois Community College Board
32    as set forth in the interagency agreement.
33        (g)  Upon proof submitted to the Illinois  Department  of
34    Human  Services  of the payment of all claims submitted under
                            -35-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    this Section, that Department shall apply for  federal  funds
 2    made  available  therefor  and  any federal funds so received
 3    shall be paid into the General  Revenue  Fund  in  the  State
 4    Treasury.
 5        School  districts or community colleges providing classes
 6    under this Section shall submit  applications  to  the  State
 7    Board  of  Education  for  preapproval in accordance with the
 8    standards jointly established by the State Board of Education
 9    and the Illinois Community College Board as set forth in  the
10    interagency  agreement.   Payments shall be made by the State
11    Board of Education based  upon  approved  programs.   Interim
12    expenditure  reports  may  be  required by the State Board of
13    Education as set forth in the interagency agreement.    Final
14    claims for the school year shall be submitted to the regional
15    superintendents   for  transmittal  to  the  State  Board  of
16    Education as set forth in the interagency  agreement.   Final
17    adjusted payments shall be made by September 30.
18        If  a school district or community college district fails
19    to provide, or is providing  unsatisfactory  or  insufficient
20    classes  under this Section, the State Board of Education may
21    enter into agreements with public or private  educational  or
22    other   agencies  other  than  the  public  schools  for  the
23    establishment of such classes.
24        (h)  If a school district or community  college  district
25    establishes   child-care   facilities  for  the  children  of
26    participants in classes established under  this  Section,  it
27    may  extend  the use of these facilities to students who have
28    obtained employment and to other  persons  in  the  community
29    whose  children require care and supervision while the parent
30    or other person in charge of  the  children  is  employed  or
31    otherwise absent from the home during all or part of the day.
32    It may make the facilities available before and after as well
33    as  during  regular  school hours to school age and preschool
34    age children who may benefit thereby, including children  who
                            -36-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    require  care  and  supervision  pending  the return of their
 2    parent  or  other  person  in  charge  of  their  care   from
 3    employment or other activity requiring absence from the home.
 4        The  State  Board of Education shall pay to the board the
 5    cost of care in  the  facilities  for  any  child  who  is  a
 6    recipient  of  financial  aid  under  The Illinois Public Aid
 7    Code.
 8        The board may charge for care of  children  for  whom  it
 9    cannot  make claim under the provisions of this Section.  The
10    charge shall not exceed per capita cost, and  to  the  extent
11    feasible,  shall  be  fixed  at  a  level  which  will permit
12    utilization by employed parents of low  or  moderate  income.
13    It  may  also  permit  any  other State or local governmental
14    agency or private  agency  providing  care  for  children  to
15    purchase care.
16        After  July  1,  1970  when  the  provisions  of  Section
17    10-20.20  become  operative  in  the  district, children in a
18    child-care facility shall be transferred to the  kindergarten
19    established under that Section for such portion of the day as
20    may  be  required  for the kindergarten program, and only the
21    prorated costs of care and training provided  in  the  Center
22    for  the  remaining  period  shall be charged to the Illinois
23    Department of Human Services or  other  persons  or  agencies
24    paying for such care.
25        (i)  The  provisions  of this Section shall also apply to
26    school districts having a population exceeding 500,000.
27    (Source: P.A. 89-507,  eff.  7-1-97;  89-524,  eff.  7-19-96;
28    revised 8-15-96; 90-14, eff. 7-1-97.)
29        (105 ILCS 5/10-22.23) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.23)
30        Sec.  10-22.23.   School  Nurse.   To employ a registered
31    professional nurse and define the duties of the school  nurse
32    within the guidelines of rules and regulations promulgated by
33    the  State  Board  of  Education.   Any  school  nurse  first
                            -37-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    employed  on  or  after  July  1,  1976, whose duties require
 2    teaching  or  the  exercise  of  instructional  judgment   or
 3    educational  evaluation of pupils, must be certificated under
 4    Section 21-25  of  this  Act.  School  districts  may  employ
 5    non-certificated  registered  professional  nurses to perform
 6    professional nursing services.
 7    (Source: P.A. 81-1508.)
 8        (105 ILCS 5/10-22.23a) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.23a)
 9        Sec. 10-22.23a.   Chief  school  business  official.   To
10    employ a chief school business official and define the duties
11    of  the  chief  school  business  official.  Any chief school
12    business official first employed on or  after  July  1,  1977
13    shall  be certificated under either Section 21-7.1 or Section
14    21-5d.  For the purposes of this  Section,  experience  as  a
15    school   business  official  in  an  Illinois  public  school
16    district prior to July 1, 1977 shall be deemed the equivalent
17    of certification.
18    (Source: P.A. 82-387.)
19        (105 ILCS 5/10-22.33B)
20        Sec. 10-22.33B.  Summer school; required attendance.   To
21    conduct  a  high  quality  summer  school  program  for those
22    resident students identified by the school district as  being
23    academically  at  risk  in  such  critical  subject  areas as
24    language arts (reading and writing) and mathematics who  will
25    be  entering any of the school district's grades for the next
26    school term and to require attendance at such program by such
27    students who have  not  been  identified  as  disabled  under
28    Article  14,  but  who  meet  criteria established under this
29    Section.   Summer  school  programs  established  under  this
30    Section shall be designed to raise the level  of  achievement
31    and  improve  opportunities  for  success in subsequent grade
32    levels of those students required to attend.  The  parent  or
                            -38-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    guardian  of  any  student  required  to attend summer school
 2    shall be  given  written  notice  from  the  school  district
 3    requiring  attendance  not later than the close of the school
 4    term which immediately precedes the  required  summer  school
 5    program. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section,
 6    for  third grade, fifth grade, and eighth grade students of a
 7    school district whose school board elects to conduct a summer
 8    school   bridge   program   under   Section   27-23.6,    the
 9    determination  of  whether  students in those grades shall be
10    required to attend any type of summer school program and,  if
11    so,  the  content of their required program shall be governed
12    and controlled by the provisions of Section 27-23.6.
13    (Source: P.A. 89-610, eff. 8-6-96.)
14        (105 ILCS 5/10-22.34c new)
15        Sec. 10-22.34c. Third party  non-instructional  services.
16    Notwithstanding  any other law of this State, nothing in this
17    Code prevents a school board from entering  into  a  contract
18    with  a  third party for non-instructional services currently
19    performed by any school district employee or bargaining  unit
20    member  or from laying off those non-certified employees upon
21    30 days' written notice to the affected employees.
22        (105 ILCS 5/10-23.5) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-23.5)
23        Sec. 10-23.5.  Educational support  personnel  employees.
24    To  employ such educational support personnel employees as it
25    deems  advisable  and  to  define  their  employment  duties;
26    provided that residency within any school district shall  not
27    be   considered   in   determining   the  employment  or  the
28    compensation of any such  employee,  or  whether  to  retain,
29    promote, assign or transfer such employee.  If an educational
30    support  personnel  employee  is  removed or dismissed at any
31    time during the course of or at the end of a school term as a
32    result of a decision of the  school  board  to  decrease  the
                            -39-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    number of educational support personnel employees employed by
 2    the   board   or  to  discontinue  some  particular  type  of
 3    educational support service, written notice shall  be  mailed
 4    to  the  employee  and  also  given  the  employee  either by
 5    certified mail, return receipt requested or personal delivery
 6    with receipt at least 30 60 days before the date on which the
 7    employee's removal or dismissal is to take effect end of  the
 8    school term, together with a statement of honorable dismissal
 9    and  the  reason  therefor.   The  employee  with the shorter
10    length of continuing service with the  district,  within  the
11    respective  category  of  position,  shall be dismissed first
12    unless an alternative method of determining the  sequence  of
13    dismissal is established in a collective bargaining agreement
14    or  contract  between  the board and any exclusive bargaining
15    agent and except that this provision  shall  not  impair  the
16    operation  of any affirmative action program in the district,
17    regardless of whether it exists by operation  of  law  or  is
18    conducted  on  a  voluntary basis by the board.  If the board
19    has any vacancies for the following school term or within one
20    calendar year from the  beginning  of  the  following  school
21    term,  the  positions  thereby  becoming  available  within a
22    specific category  of  position  shall  be  tendered  to  the
23    employees  so  removed  or  dismissed  from  that category of
24    position,  so  far  as  they  are  qualified  to  hold   such
25    positions.   Each  board  shall,  in  consultation  with  any
26    exclusive  employee  representative or bargaining agent, each
27    year establish a list, categorized by positions, showing  the
28    length  of  continuing  service of each full time educational
29    support personnel employee who is qualified to hold any  such
30    positions,  unless  an  alternative  method  of determining a
31    sequence of dismissal is established as provided for in  this
32    Section,  in  which  case  a list shall be made in accordance
33    with the alternative method.  Copies of  the  list  shall  be
34    distributed  to  the  exclusive  employee  representative  or
                            -40-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    bargaining agent on or before February 1 of each year.  Where
 2    an educational support personnel employee is dismissed by the
 3    board as a result of a decrease in the number of employees or
 4    the  discontinuance of the employee's job, the employee shall
 5    be paid all  earned  compensation  on  or  before  the  third
 6    business day following his or her last day of employment.
 7        The provisions of this amendatory Act of 1986 relating to
 8    residency  within  any  school  district  shall  not apply to
 9    cities having a population exceeding 500,000 inhabitants.
10    (Source: P.A. 89-618, eff. 8-9-96.)
11        (105 ILCS 5/10-23.8) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-23.8)
12        Sec. 10-23.8.  Superintendent under multi-year  contract.
13    To  employ a superintendent under a multi-year contract for a
14    period not exceeding 3 years.  A multi-year contract No  such
15    contract  can  be  offered  or accepted for less than or more
16    than  three  years,  except   for   a   person   serving   as
17    superintendent for the first time in Illinois.  In such case,
18    the  initial  contract  shall be for a two year period.  Such
19    contract may be discontinued at any time by mutual  agreement
20    of  the  contracting  parties but, or may not be extended for
21    any an additional period except during the last  30  days  of
22    the  term of the contract of the superintendent that is to be
23    extended.  The term of a contract that is extended during the
24    30 day period allowed therefor shall not exceed  3  years.  3
25    years at the end of any year.
26        The  contract  year  is July 1 through the following June
27    30, unless the contract specifically provides otherwise.
28        Multi-year contracts may contain components that tie  the
29    superintendent's  compensation  to  improvements  in  student
30    performance  or  other  measures that may be specified in the
31    contract.  Notice of intent not to renew the contract must be
32    given by the board or by the superintendent by April 1 of the
33    year in which  the  contract  expires,  unless  the  contract
                            -41-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    specifically  provides  otherwise.   Failure  to  do  so will
 2    automatically extend the contract for 1 additional year.  The
 3    provisions  of  this  paragraph shall not apply to a district
 4    under a Financial Oversight Panel pursuant  to  Section  1A-8
 5    for violating a financial plan.
 6        Notice  of intent not to renew a contract when given by a
 7    board  must  be  in  writing,  stating  the  specific  reason
 8    therefor.  Within 10 days after receipt  of  such  notice  of
 9    intent  not  to  renew  a  contract,  the  superintendent may
10    request a closed session hearing on the  dismissal.   At  the
11    hearing  the  superintendent  has the privilege of presenting
12    evidence,  witnesses  and  defenses  on   the   grounds   for
13    dismissal.   The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply
14    to a district under a Financial Oversight Panel  pursuant  to
15    Section 1A-8 for violating a financial plan.
16        By  accepting  the  terms  of  a multi-year contract, the
17    superintendent waives all rights granted  him  or  her  under
18    Sections  24-11 through 24-16 of this Act for the duration of
19    his or her employment as superintendent in the district.
20    (Source: P.A. 89-572, eff. 7-30-96.)
21        (105 ILCS 5/10-23.8a) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-23.8a)
22        Sec. 10-23.8a.  Principal and other administrators  under
23    multi-year  contract.   To  employ  a  principal or any other
24    administrator under a multi-year contract for a period not to
25    exceed 3 years.  A multi-year No such contract can be offered
26    or accepted for less than or more than 3 years, except for  a
27    person  serving  as principal for the first time in Illinois.
28    In such case, the initial contract shall  be  for  a  2  year
29    period.   Such  contract  may  be discontinued at any time by
30    mutual agreement of the contracting parties but, or  may  not
31    be  extended  for  any an additional period except during the
32    last 30 days of the term of the  contract  of  the  principal
33    that  is  to  be  extended.   The  term of a contract that is
                            -42-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    extended during the 30 day period allowed therefor shall  not
 2    exceed 3 years. 3 years at the end of any year.
 3        The  contract  year  is July 1 through the following June
 4    30, unless  the  contract  specifically  provides  otherwise.
 5    Notice  of  intent not to renew the contract must be given by
 6    the board or by the principal at least  90  days  before  the
 7    contract expires.  Failure to do so will automatically extend
 8    the  contract  for 1 additional year.  If offered by a school
 9    board, each individual principal shall  have  the  option  to
10    accept  or  refuse  a multi-year contract.  The provisions of
11    this  paragraph  shall  not  apply  to  a  district  under  a
12    Financial  Oversight  Panel  pursuant  to  Section  1A-8  for
13    violating a financial plan.
14        By accepting the terms  of  a  multi-year  contract,  the
15    principal  or  administrator waives all rights granted him or
16    her under Sections 24-11 through 24-16 of this  Act  for  the
17    duration   of   his   or   her  employment  as  principal  or
18    administrator in the district.
19    (Source: P.A. 89-572, eff. 7-30-96.)
20        (105 ILCS 5/18-4.3) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-4.3)
21        Sec. 18-4.3.  Summer  school  grants.   Grants  shall  be
22    determined  for  pupil attendance in summer schools conducted
23    under Sections 10-22.33A and 34-18 and approved under Section
24    2-3.25 in the following manner.
25        The amount of grant for  each  accredited  summer  school
26    attendance  pupil  shall  be  obtained  by dividing the total
27    amount of apportionments determined under subsections (1) and
28    (2) of Section 18-8 or Section 18-8.05 by the  actual  number
29    of   pupils   in  average  daily  attendance  used  for  such
30    apportionments.   The  number  of  credited   summer   school
31    attendance  pupils  shall be determined (a) by counting clock
32    hours of class instruction by pupils  enrolled  in  grades  1
33    through  12  in  approved courses conducted at least 60 clock
                            -43-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    hours in summer sessions; (b) by dividing such total of clock
 2    hours of class instruction by 4 to produce days  of  credited
 3    pupil attendance; (c) by dividing such days of credited pupil
 4    attendance  by  the actual number of days in the regular term
 5    as used  in  computation  in  the  general  apportionment  in
 6    Section 18-8; and (d) by multiplying by 1.25.
 7        The  amount  of  the  grant  for  a summer school program
 8    approved  by  the  State  Superintendent  of  Education   for
 9    children  with  disabilities,  as defined in Sections 14-1.02
10    through 14-1.07, shall be determined in the manner  contained
11    above  except that average daily membership shall be utilized
12    in lieu of average daily attendance.
13        In the case of an apportionment based  on  summer  school
14    attendance  or membership pupils, the claim therefor shall be
15    presented as a separate claim for the particular school  year
16    in   which  such  summer  school  session ends.  On or before
17    October 15 of each year the superintendent of  each  eligible
18    school  district shall certify to the regional superintendent
19    the claim of the district for the summer session just  ended.
20    Failure  on  the part of the school board to so certify shall
21    constitute a forfeiture of its right to  such  payment.   The
22    regional   superintendent   shall   certify   to   the  State
23    Superintendent of Education no  later  than  November  1  the
24    regional  report  of  claims  for  summer  school.  The State
25    Superintendent of Education shall transmit to the Comptroller
26    no later than December 15th of each year vouchers for payment
27    of amounts due school districts for summer school.  The State
28    Superintendent of Education shall direct the  Comptroller  to
29    draw  his  warrants  for  payments thereof by the 30th day of
30    December.   If the money appropriated by the General Assembly
31    for such purpose for any year is insufficient,  it  shall  be
32    apportioned on the basis of claims approved.
33        However,  notwithstanding  the  foregoing provisions, for
34    each fiscal  year  the  money  appropriated  by  the  General
                            -44-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    Assembly  for the purposes of this Section shall only be used
 2    for grants for approved  summer  school  programs  for  those
 3    children   with  disabilities  served  pursuant  to  Sections
 4    14-7.02 and 14-7.02a of the School Code.
 5    (Source:  P.A.  88-9;  88-641,  eff.  9-9-94;  89-397,   eff.
 6    8-20-95.)
 7        (105 ILCS 5/18-8) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-8)
 8        Sec.   18-8.  Basis   for   apportionment  to  districts,
 9    laboratory schools and alternative schools.
10        A.  The amounts to be apportioned for school years  prior
11    to  the  1998-1999  school  year shall be determined for each
12    educational service region by school districts, as follows:
13        1.  General Provisions.
14        (a)  In the computation of the amounts to be apportioned,
15    the average daily  attendance  of  all  pupils  in  grades  9
16    through  12  shall  be multiplied by 1.25.  The average daily
17    attendance  of  all  pupils  in  grades  7  and  8  shall  be
18    multiplied by 1.05.
19        (b)  The  actual  number  of  pupils  in  average   daily
20    attendance shall be computed in a one-teacher school district
21    by  dividing  the total aggregate days of pupil attendance by
22    the actual number of days school is in session but  not  more
23    than  30  such  pupils  shall  be accredited for such type of
24    district; and in districts of  2  or  more  teachers,  or  in
25    districts  where  records  of  attendance are kept by session
26    teachers, by taking the sum of the respective averages of the
27    units composing the group.
28        (c)  Pupils in average daily attendance shall be computed
29    upon the average of the best 3 months of pupils attendance of
30    the current school year except  as  district  claims  may  be
31    later  amended  as  provided  hereinafter  in  this  Section.
32    However,   for   any   school   district  maintaining  grades
33    kindergarten through 12, the "average daily attendance" shall
                            -45-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    be computed on the average of the best  3  months  of  pupils
 2    attendance of the current year in grades kindergarten through
 3    8,  added  together  with the average of the best 3 months of
 4    pupils attendance of the current year in grades 9 through 12,
 5    except as district claims may be later amended as provided in
 6    this Section.  Days of attendance shall be  kept  by  regular
 7    calendar  months,  except  any  days  of attendance in August
 8    shall be added to the month of  September  and  any  days  of
 9    attendance  in  June  shall  be  added  to  the month of May.
10    Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Section,  days  of
11    attendance by pupils shall be counted only  for  sessions  of
12    not  less  than  5  clock  hours of school work per day under
13    direct supervision of: (i)  teachers,  or  (ii)  non-teaching
14    personnel   or   volunteer   personnel   when   engaging   in
15    non-teaching   duties  and  supervising  in  those  instances
16    specified in subsection (a) of Section 10-22.34 and paragraph
17    10 of Section 34-18, with pupils of legal school age  and  in
18    kindergarten and grades 1 through 12.
19        (d)  Pupils  regularly  enrolled  in  a public school for
20    only a part of the school day may be counted on the basis  of
21    1/6  day for every class hour of instruction of 40 minutes or
22    more attended pursuant to such enrollment.
23        (e)  Days of attendance may be less than 5 clock hours on
24    the opening and closing of the  school  term,  and  upon  the
25    first  day  of pupil attendance, if preceded by a day or days
26    utilized as an institute or teachers' workshop.
27        (f)  A session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted as
28    a day  of  attendance  upon  certification  by  the  regional
29    superintendent,  and  approved by the State Superintendent of
30    Education to the extent that the district has been forced  to
31    use daily multiple sessions.
32        (g)  A session of 3 or more clock hours may be counted as
33    a  day of attendance (1) when the remainder of the school day
34    or at least 2 hours in the evening of that  day  is  utilized
                            -46-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    for  an  in-service  training  program  for teachers, up to a
 2    maximum of 5 days per school year of which  a  maximum  of  4
 3    days   of   such  5  days  may  be  used  for  parent-teacher
 4    conferences,  provided  a  district  conducts  an  in-service
 5    training program for teachers which has been approved by  the
 6    State  Superintendent  of  Education;  or,  in lieu of 4 such
 7    days, 2 full days may be used, in which event each  such  day
 8    may  be  counted as a day of attendance; and (2) when days in
 9    addition to those provided in item (1)  are  scheduled  by  a
10    school  pursuant to its school improvement plan adopted under
11    Article 34 or its revised or amended school improvement  plan
12    adopted under Article 2, provided that (i) such sessions of 3
13    or  more  clock  hours  are  scheduled  to  occur  at regular
14    intervals, (ii) the remainder of the  school  days  in  which
15    such  sessions  occur  are  utilized  for in-service training
16    programs or other staff development activities for  teachers,
17    and (iii) a sufficient number of minutes of school work under
18    the  direct  supervision  of teachers are added to the school
19    days between such regularly scheduled sessions to  accumulate
20    not less than the number of minutes by which such sessions of
21    3  or  more clock hours fall short of 5 clock hours. Any full
22    days used for the purposes of this  paragraph  shall  not  be
23    considered  for  computing  average  daily  attendance.  Days
24    scheduled for in-service training programs, staff development
25    activities, or parent-teacher conferences  may  be  scheduled
26    separately   for   different   grade   levels  and  different
27    attendance centers of the district.
28        (h)  A session of not less than one clock  hour  teaching
29    of  hospitalized  or homebound pupils on-site or by telephone
30    to the classroom may be counted as  1/2  day  of  attendance,
31    however  these  pupils  must receive 4 or more clock hours of
32    instruction to be counted for a full day of attendance.
33        (i)  A session of at least 4 clock hours may  be  counted
34    as  a day of attendance for first grade pupils, and pupils in
                            -47-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    full day kindergartens, and a session of 2 or more hours  may
 2    be   counted   as   1/2   day  of  attendance  by  pupils  in
 3    kindergartens which provide only 1/2 day of attendance.
 4        (j)  For children with disabilities who are below the age
 5    of 6 years and who cannot attend  two  or  more  clock  hours
 6    because  of  their disability or immaturity, a session of not
 7    less than one clock  hour  may  be  counted  as  1/2  day  of
 8    attendance; however for such children whose educational needs
 9    so  require a session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted
10    as a full day of attendance.
11        (k)  A recognized kindergarten which  provides  for  only
12    1/2  day of attendance by each pupil shall not have more than
13    1/2 day  of  attendance  counted  in  any  1  day.   However,
14    kindergartens  may  count  2  1/2 days of attendance in any 5
15    consecutive school  days.   Where  a  pupil  attends  such  a
16    kindergarten  for  2  half  days  on any one school day, such
17    pupil shall have the following  day  as  a  day  absent  from
18    school,  unless  the  school  district  obtains permission in
19    writing  from  the   State   Superintendent   of   Education.
20    Attendance  at  kindergartens which provide for a full day of
21    attendance by  each  pupil  shall  be  counted  the  same  as
22    attendance  by  first  grade  pupils.  Only the first year of
23    attendance in one kindergarten shall  be  counted  except  in
24    case  of children who entered the kindergarten in their fifth
25    year whose educational development requires a second year  of
26    kindergarten as determined under the rules and regulations of
27    the State Board of Education.
28        (l)  Days  of  attendance  by  tuition  pupils  shall  be
29    accredited  only  to  the districts that pay the tuition to a
30    recognized school.
31        (m)  The greater  of  the  immediately  preceding  year's
32    weighted  average  daily  attendance  or  the  average of the
33    weighted  average  daily  attendance   of   the   immediately
34    preceding year and the previous 2 years shall be used.
                            -48-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1        For any school year beginning July 1, 1986 or thereafter,
 2    if  the  weighted  average  daily attendance in either grades
 3    kindergarten through 8 or grades 9 through 12 of  a  district
 4    as  computed  for  the  first  calendar  month of the current
 5    school year exceeds by more than 5%, but  not  less  than  25
 6    pupils,  the district's weighted average daily attendance for
 7    the first calendar month of the  immediately  preceding  year
 8    in,  respectively,  grades kindergarten through 8 or grades 9
 9    through 12, a supplementary payment  shall  be  made  to  the
10    district  equal  to  the  difference in the amount of aid the
11    district would be paid under this Section using the  weighted
12    average  daily attendance in the district as computed for the
13    first calendar month of  the  current  school  year  and  the
14    amount  of  aid the district would be paid using the weighted
15    average daily  attendance  in  the  district  for  the  first
16    calendar  month  of  the  immediately  preceding  year.  Such
17    supplementary State aid payment shall be paid to the district
18    as provided  in  Section  18-8.4  and  shall  be  treated  as
19    separate  from  all  other  payments  made  pursuant  to this
20    Section 18-8.
21        (n)  The number  of  low  income  eligible  pupils  in  a
22    district  shall result in an increase in the weighted average
23    daily attendance calculated as follows:  The  number  of  low
24    income pupils shall increase the weighted ADA by .53 for each
25    student  adjusted  by  dividing  the  percent  of  low income
26    eligible pupils in the district by the ratio of eligible  low
27    income  pupils  in  the  State to the best 3 months' weighted
28    average daily attendance in the State.  In no  case  may  the
29    adjustment under this paragraph result in a greater weighting
30    than  .625  for each eligible low income student.  The number
31    of low income eligible pupils in  a  district  shall  be  the
32    low-income  eligible  count  from the most recently available
33    federal census and  the  weighted  average  daily  attendance
34    shall  be  calculated in accordance with the other provisions
                            -49-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    of this paragraph.
 2        (o)  Any school district which fails for any given school
 3    year to maintain school as required by law, or to maintain  a
 4    recognized  school  is  not  eligible to file for such school
 5    year any claim upon the  common  school  fund.   In  case  of
 6    nonrecognition  of one or more attendance centers in a school
 7    district otherwise operating recognized schools, the claim of
 8    the district shall be reduced in  the  proportion  which  the
 9    average  daily attendance in the attendance center or centers
10    bear to the average daily attendance in the school  district.
11    A "recognized school" means any public school which meets the
12    standards  as  established for recognition by the State Board
13    of Education.  A school district  or  attendance  center  not
14    having  recognition  status  at  the  end of a school term is
15    entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal claim
16    which was filed while it was recognized.
17        (p)  School district claims filed under this Section  are
18    subject  to  Sections 18-9, 18-10 and 18-12, except as herein
19    otherwise provided.
20        (q)  The State Board of Education shall secure  from  the
21    Department  of  Revenue the value as equalized or assessed by
22    the Department of Revenue of all taxable  property  of  every
23    school district together with the applicable tax rate used in
24    extending taxes for the funds of the district as of September
25    30 of the previous year.  The Department of Revenue shall add
26    to  the  equalized  assessed value of all taxable property of
27    each school district situated entirely or partially within  a
28    county  with 2,000,000 or more inhabitants an amount equal to
29    the total amount by which the  homestead  exemptions  allowed
30    under Sections 15-170 and 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for
31    real  property  situated  in that school district exceeds the
32    total amount that would have  been  allowed  in  that  school
33    district  as homestead exemptions under those Sections if the
34    maximum reduction under Section 15-170 of  the  Property  Tax
                            -50-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    Code  was  $2,000  and  the  maximum  reduction under Section
 2    15-175 of the Property Tax Code was $3,500.  The county clerk
 3    of any  county  with  2,000,000  or  more  inhabitants  shall
 4    annually  calculate  and  certify  to the Department for each
 5    school district all homestead exemption amounts  required  by
 6    this amendatory Act of 1992.  In a new district which has not
 7    had  any  tax  rates yet determined for extension of taxes, a
 8    leveled uniform rate shall be computed from the latest amount
 9    of the fund taxes extended on the several areas  within  such
10    new district.
11        (r)  If  a  school  district  operates a full year school
12    under Section 10-19.1, the general state aid  to  the  school
13    district  shall be determined by the State Board of Education
14    in accordance with this Section as near as may be applicable.
15        2.  New  or  recomputed  claim.  The  general  State  aid
16    entitlement for a newly created school district or a district
17    which has annexed an entire school district shall be computed
18    using  attendance,  compensatory  pupil   counts,   equalized
19    assessed  valuation,  and tax rate data which would have been
20    used had the district been in existence for 3 years.  General
21    State  aid  entitlements  shall  not  be recomputed except as
22    permitted herein.
23        3.  Impaction.   Impaction  payments  shall  be  made  as
24    provided for in Section 18-4.2.
25        4.  Summer school.  Summer school payments shall be  made
26    as provided in Section 18-4.3.
27        5.  Computation  of  State aid.  The State grant shall be
28    determined as follows:
29        (a)  The State shall guarantee the amount of money that a
30    district's operating tax rate as limited in other Sections of
31    this Act would produce if every district  maintaining  grades
32    kindergarten  through  12 had an equalized assessed valuation
33    equal to $74,791  per  weighted  ADA  pupil;  every  district
34    maintaining  grades  kindergarten  through 8 had an equalized
                            -51-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    assessed valuation of $108,644 per weighted  ADA  pupil;  and
 2    every  district  maintaining  grades  9  through  12  had  an
 3    equalized  assessed  valuation  of  $187,657 per weighted ADA
 4    pupil.  The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  adjust   the
 5    equalized   assessed   valuation   amounts   stated  in  this
 6    paragraph, if necessary, to conform  to  the  amount  of  the
 7    appropriation approved for any fiscal year.
 8        (b)  The  operating  tax rate to be used shall consist of
 9    all district taxes extended for all purposes except community
10    college educational purposes for the payment of tuition under
11    Section 6-1 of the Public Community  College  Act,  Bond  and
12    Interest,   Summer  School,  Rent,  Capital  Improvement  and
13    Vocational Education Building.  Any  district  may  elect  to
14    exclude  Transportation from the calculation of its operating
15    tax rate.  Districts  may  include  taxes  extended  for  the
16    payment  of  principal and interest on bonds issued under the
17    provisions of Sections 17-2.11a and 20-2 at a  rate  of  .05%
18    per  year  for  each  purpose  or  the  actual rate extended,
19    whichever is less.
20        (c)  For calculation of aid under  this  Act  a  district
21    shall  use the combined authorized tax rates of all funds not
22    exempt in (b) above, not to exceed 2.76% of the value of  all
23    its   taxable  property  as  equalized  or  assessed  by  the
24    Department  of  Revenue  for  districts  maintaining   grades
25    kindergarten  through  12;  1.90%  of  the  value  of all its
26    taxable property as equalized or assessed by  the  Department
27    of  Revenue  for  districts  maintaining  grades kindergarten
28    through 8 only;  1.10%  of  the  value  of  all  its  taxable
29    property  as  equalized  or  assessed  by  the  Department of
30    Revenue for districts maintaining grades 9 through  12  only.
31    A  district may, however, as provided in Article 17, increase
32    its operating tax rate above the  maximum  rate  provided  in
33    this  subsection without affecting the amount of State aid to
34    which it is entitled under this Act.
                            -52-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1        (d) (1)  For districts  maintaining  grades  kindergarten
 2    through  12  with  an  operating  tax  rate  as  described in
 3    subsections 5(b) and (c) of less than  2.18%,  and  districts
 4    maintaining  grades  kindergarten through 8 with an operating
 5    tax rate of less than 1.28%, State aid shall be  computed  by
 6    multiplying  the  difference between the guaranteed equalized
 7    assessed valuation per weighted ADA pupil in subsection  5(a)
 8    and  the  equalized assessed valuation per weighted ADA pupil
 9    in the district by the operating tax rate, multiplied by  the
10    weighted  average daily attendance of the district; provided,
11    however, that for the 1989-1990 school year  only,  a  school
12    district  maintaining  grades  kindergarten  through  8 whose
13    operating tax rate with reference to which its general  State
14    aid  for the 1989-1990 school year is determined is less than
15    1.28% and more than 1.090%, and which had  an  operating  tax
16    rate  of  1.28% or more for the previous year, shall have its
17    general State aid computed according  to  the  provisions  of
18    subsection 5(d)(2).
19        (2)  For   districts   maintaining   grades  kindergarten
20    through 12  with  an  operating  tax  rate  as  described  in
21    subsection  5(b)  and  (c)  of 2.18% and above, the State aid
22    shall be computed as provided in subsection (d)  (1)  but  as
23    though  the  district  had an operating tax rate of 2.76%; in
24    K-8 districts with an operating tax rate of 1.28% and  above,
25    the State aid shall be computed as provided in subsection (d)
26    (1)  but  as though the district had an operating tax rate of
27    1.90%; and in 9-12 districts, the State aid shall be computed
28    by  multiplying  the  difference   between   the   guaranteed
29    equalized  assessed  valuation  per  weighted  average  daily
30    attendance   pupil  in  subsection  5(a)  and  the  equalized
31    assessed valuation  per  weighted  average  daily  attendance
32    pupil  in  the  district  by  the  operating tax rate, not to
33    exceed  1.10%,  multiplied  by  the  weighted  average  daily
34    attendance of the district.  State  aid  computed  under  the
                            -53-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    provisions  of  this  subsection  (d) (2) shall be treated as
 2    separate from  all  other  payments  made  pursuant  to  this
 3    Section.   The  State  Comptroller  and State Treasurer shall
 4    transfer from the General Revenue Fund to the  Common  School
 5    Fund  the amounts necessary to permit these claims to be paid
 6    in equal installments along with  other  State  aid  payments
 7    remaining to be made for the 1983-1984 school year under this
 8    Section.
 9        (3)  For   any   school  district  whose  1995  equalized
10    assessed  valuation  is  at  least  6%  less  than  its  1994
11    equalized assessed valuation as the result of a reduction  in
12    the  equalized  assessed  valuation  of  the taxable property
13    within such  district  of  any  one  taxpayer  whose  taxable
14    property  within  the  district has a 1994 equalized assessed
15    valuation constituting at least 20%  of  the  1994  equalized
16    assessed   valuation  of  all  taxable  property  within  the
17    district, the 1996-97 State aid of  such  district  shall  be
18    computed using its 1995 equalized assessed valuation.
19        (4)  For   any   school  district  whose  1988  equalized
20    assessed valuation is 55%  or  less  of  its  1981  equalized
21    assessed  valuation,  the  1990-91 State aid of such district
22    shall be computed by multiplying the 1988 equalized  assessed
23    valuation  by a factor of .8.  Any such school district which
24    is reorganized effective for the 1991-92  school  year  shall
25    use the formula provided in this subparagraph for purposes of
26    the  calculation  made  pursuant  to  subsection  (m) of this
27    Section.
28        (e)  The amount of State aid shall be computed under  the
29    provisions  of  subsections  5(a)  through  5(d) provided the
30    equalized assessed valuation per weighted ADA pupil  is  less
31    than  .87 of the amounts in subsection 5(a). If the equalized
32    assessed valuation per weighted ADA  pupil  is  equal  to  or
33    greater than .87 of the amounts in subsection 5(a), the State
34    aid  shall  be  computed  under  the provisions of subsection
                            -54-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    5(f).
 2        (f)  If the equalized assessed valuation per weighted ADA
 3    pupil is equal to or greater  than  .87  of  the  amounts  in
 4    subsection  5(a),  the State aid per weighted ADA pupil shall
 5    be computed by multiplying  the  product  of  .13  times  the
 6    maximum  per  pupil  amount  computed under the provisions of
 7    subsections 5(a) through 5(d)  by  an  amount  equal  to  the
 8    quotient  of  .87  times the equalized assessed valuation per
 9    weighted ADA pupil  in  subsection  5(a)  for  that  type  of
10    district  divided  by  the  district  equalized valuation per
11    weighted ADA pupil except  in  no  case  shall  the  district
12    receive  State  aid  per  weighted ADA pupil of less than .07
13    times  the  maximum  per  pupil  amount  computed  under  the
14    provisions of subsections 5(a) through 5(d).
15        (g)  In addition  to  the  above  grants,  summer  school
16    grants  shall  be made based upon the calculation as provided
17    in subsection 4 of this Section.
18        (h)  The board of  any  district  receiving  any  of  the
19    grants  provided for in this Section may apply those funds to
20    any fund so received for which that board  is  authorized  to
21    make expenditures by law.
22        (i) (1) (a)  In  school  districts  with an average daily
23    attendance of 50,000 or more, the amount  which  is  provided
24    under subsection 1(n) of this Section by the application of a
25    base  Chapter 1 weighting factor of .375 shall be distributed
26    to the attendance centers within the district  in  proportion
27    to  the  number  of pupils enrolled at each attendance center
28    who are eligible to receive free or reduced-price lunches  or
29    breakfasts  under the federal Child Nutrition Act of 1966 and
30    under the National School Lunch Act  during  the  immediately
31    preceding  school  year.   The  amount  of State aid provided
32    under subsection 1(n) of this Section by the  application  of
33    the  Chapter  1  weighting  factor in excess of .375 shall be
34    distributed to the attendance centers within the district  in
                            -55-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    proportion to the total enrollment at each attendance center.
 2    Beginning  with  school  year  1989-90,  and each school year
 3    thereafter, all funds provided under subsection 1 (n) of this
 4    Section by the application of the Chapter 1 weighting  factor
 5    which  are  in  excess of the level of non-targeted Chapter 1
 6    funds  in  school  year  1988-89  shall  be  distributed   to
 7    attendance  centers,  and  only to attendance centers, within
 8    the district in proportion to the number of  pupils  enrolled
 9    at each attendance center who are eligible to receive free or
10    reduced  price  lunches or breakfasts under the Federal Child
11    Nutrition Act and under the National School Lunch Act  during
12    the  immediately  preceding school year.  Beginning in school
13    year 1989-90, 25% of the previously  non-targeted  Chapter  1
14    funds  as  established  for school year 1988-89 shall also be
15    distributed to the attendance centers, and only to attendance
16    centers, in the district  in  proportion  to  the  number  of
17    pupils enrolled at each attendance center who are eligible to
18    receive free or reduced price lunches or breakfasts under the
19    Federal  Child  Nutrition  Act  and under the National School
20    Lunch Act during the immediately preceding  school  year;  in
21    school  year  1990-91,  50%  of  the  previously non-targeted
22    Chapter 1 funds as established for school year 1988-89  shall
23    be  distributed to attendance centers, and only to attendance
24    centers, in the district  in  proportion  to  the  number  of
25    pupils enrolled at each attendance center who are eligible to
26    receive  such  free  or  reduced  price lunches or breakfasts
27    during the immediately preceding school year; in school  year
28    1991-92,  75%  of the previously non-targeted Chapter 1 funds
29    as established for school year 1988-89 shall  be  distributed
30    to attendance centers, and only to attendance centers, in the
31    district  in  proportion  to the number of pupils enrolled at
32    each attendance center who are eligible to receive such  free
33    or reduced price lunches or breakfasts during the immediately
34    preceding school year; in school year 1992-93 and thereafter,
                            -56-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    all  funds provided under subsection 1 (n) of this Section by
 2    the application of the Chapter 1 weighting  factor  shall  be
 3    distributed  to  attendance  centers,  and only to attendance
 4    centers, in the district  in  proportion  to  the  number  of
 5    pupils enrolled at each attendance center who are eligible to
 6    receive free or reduced price lunches or breakfasts under the
 7    Federal  Child  Nutrition  Act  and under the National School
 8    Lunch Act  during  the  immediately  preceding  school  year;
 9    provided,  however,  that  the distribution formula in effect
10    beginning with school year 1989-90 shall not be applicable to
11    such portion of State aid provided under subsection 1 (n)  of
12    this  Section  by  the application of the Chapter 1 weighting
13    formula as is  set  aside  and  appropriated  by  the  school
14    district  for the purpose of providing desegregation programs
15    and related transportation to students (which  portion  shall
16    not  exceed  5%  of  the  total  amount of State aid which is
17    provided  under  subsection  1  (n)  of   this   Section   by
18    application  of  the  Chapter  1  weighting formula), and the
19    relevant  percentages  shall  be  applied  to  the  remaining
20    portion  of  such  State  aid.   The  distribution  of  these
21    portions  of  general  State  aid  among  attendance  centers
22    according to these requirements shall not be compensated  for
23    or  contravened  by  adjustments  of the total of other funds
24    appropriated to any attendance centers.   (b)  The  Board  of
25    Education  shall  utilize funding from one or several sources
26    in order to fully implement this provision annually prior  to
27    the  opening  of  school.  The Board of Education shall apply
28    savings from  reduced  administrative  costs  required  under
29    Section  34-43.1  and growth in non-Chapter 1 State and local
30    funds to assure that all attendance centers  receive  funding
31    to replace losses due to redistribution of Chapter 1 funding.
32    The distribution formula and funding to replace losses due to
33    the  distribution formula shall occur, in full, using any and
34    all sources available, including, if necessary, revenue  from
                            -57-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    administrative  reductions  beyond  those required in Section
 2    34-43.1, in order to provide the necessary funds.   (c)  Each
 3    attendance  center shall be provided by the school district a
 4    distribution of noncategorical funds  and  other  categorical
 5    funds  to which an attendance center is entitled under law in
 6    order that the State  aid  provided  by  application  of  the
 7    Chapter  1  weighting  factor  and required to be distributed
 8    among attendance centers according  to  the  requirements  of
 9    this   paragraph   supplements   rather  than  supplants  the
10    noncategorical funds and other categorical funds provided  by
11    the    school    district    to   the   attendance   centers.
12    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of  this  subsection
13    5(i)(1)  or any other law to the contrary, beginning with the
14    1995-1996 school year and for each  school  year  thereafter,
15    the  board  of  a  school district to which the provisions of
16    this subsection  apply  shall  be  required  to  allocate  or
17    provide  to  attendance  centers  of the district in any such
18    school year, from the State aid  provided  for  the  district
19    under  this Section by application of the Chapter 1 weighting
20    factor, an aggregate amount of not less than $261,000,000  of
21    State  Chapter  1  funds.  Any  State Chapter 1 funds that by
22    reason of the provisions of this paragraph are  not  required
23    to  be  allocated  and  provided to attendance centers may be
24    used and appropriated by the board of the  district  for  any
25    lawful  school  purpose.    Chapter  1  funds  received by an
26    attendance  center  (except  those  funds   set   aside   for
27    desegregation   programs   and   related   transportation  to
28    students) shall be used on the schedule cited in this Section
29    at the attendance center at the discretion of  the  principal
30    and  local school council for programs to improve educational
31    opportunities at qualifying  schools  through  the  following
32    programs  and  services:  early  childhood education, reduced
33    class size or improved  adult  to  student  classroom  ratio,
34    enrichment    programs,   remedial   assistance,   attendance
                            -58-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    improvement and other educationally  beneficial  expenditures
 2    which supplement the regular and basic programs as determined
 3    by  the  State Board of Education.  Chapter 1 funds shall not
 4    be expended for any political or lobbying purposes as defined
 5    by board rule. (d) Each district subject to the provisions of
 6    this paragraph shall submit an acceptable plan  to  meet  the
 7    educational  needs  of  disadvantaged children, in compliance
 8    with the requirements of this paragraph, to the  State  Board
 9    of  Education  prior to July 15 of each year. This plan shall
10    be consistent with the decisions  of  local  school  councils
11    concerning   the   school   expenditure  plans  developed  in
12    accordance with part 4 of Section 34-2.3.   The  State  Board
13    shall  approve  or  reject  the plan within 60 days after its
14    submission.  If the plan is rejected the district shall  give
15    written notice of intent to modify the plan within 15 days of
16    the notification of rejection and then submit a modified plan
17    within 30 days after the date of the written notice of intent
18    to  modify.    Districts may amend approved plans pursuant to
19    rules promulgated by the State Board of Education.
20        Upon notification by the State Board  of  Education  that
21    the  district  has not submitted a plan prior to July 15 or a
22    modified plan within the time period  specified  herein,  the
23    State  aid funds affected by said plan or modified plan shall
24    be withheld by the State Board of Education until a  plan  or
25    modified plan is submitted.
26        If   the  district  fails  to  distribute  State  aid  to
27    attendance centers in accordance with an approved  plan,  the
28    plan for the following year shall allocate funds, in addition
29    to  the  funds  otherwise  required  by this subparagraph, to
30    those attendance centers which were  underfunded  during  the
31    previous year in amounts equal to such underfunding.
32        For   purposes   of   determining  compliance  with  this
33    subsection  in  relation  to  Chapter  1  expenditures,  each
34    district subject to the provisions of this  subsection  shall
                            -59-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    submit  as  a  separate document by December 1 of each year a
 2    report of Chapter 1 expenditure data for the  prior  year  in
 3    addition  to  any modification of its current plan.  If it is
 4    determined that there has been a failure to comply  with  the
 5    expenditure   provisions   of   this   subsection   regarding
 6    contravention  or  supplanting,  the  State Superintendent of
 7    Education shall, within 60 days of  receipt  of  the  report,
 8    notify  the  district  and any affected local school council.
 9    The  district  shall  within  45  days  of  receipt  of  that
10    notification inform the State Superintendent of Education  of
11    the  remedial  or  corrective action to be taken, whether  by
12    amendment of the current plan, if feasible, or by  adjustment
13    in  the  plan for the following year.  Failure to provide the
14    expenditure  report  or  the  notification  of  remedial   or
15    corrective  action  in  a  timely  manner  shall  result in a
16    withholding of the affected funds.
17        The State Board of Education shall promulgate  rules  and
18    regulations  to  implement  the provisions of this subsection
19    5(i)(1).  No funds shall be released under subsection 1(n) of
20    this Section or under this subsection 5(i)(1) to any district
21    which has not submitted a plan which has been approved by the
22    State Board of Education.
23        (2)  School districts with an average daily attendance of
24    more than 1,000 and less than 50,000 and having a low  income
25    pupil  weighting  factor in excess of .53 shall submit a plan
26    to the State Board of Education prior to October 30  of  each
27    year  for the use of the funds resulting from the application
28    of subsection 1(n) of this Section  for  the  improvement  of
29    instruction  in  which  priority  is  given  to  meeting  the
30    education  needs  of disadvantaged children.  Such plan shall
31    be  submitted  in  accordance  with  rules  and   regulations
32    promulgated by the State Board of Education.
33        (j)  For the purposes of calculating State aid under this
34    Section, with respect to any part of a school district within
                            -60-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    a   redevelopment   project   area  in  respect  to  which  a
 2    municipality has adopted tax increment  allocation  financing
 3    pursuant  to  the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act,
 4    Sections  11-74.4-1  through  11-74.4-11  of   the   Illinois
 5    Municipal  Code or the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law, Sections
 6    11-74.6-1 through 11-74.6-50 of the Illinois Municipal  Code,
 7    no  part  of the current equalized assessed valuation of real
 8    property  located  in  any  such  project   area   which   is
 9    attributable to an increase above the total initial equalized
10    assessed   valuation  of  such  property  shall  be  used  in
11    computing the equalized assessed valuation per  weighted  ADA
12    pupil  in  the district, until such time as all redevelopment
13    project  costs  have  been  paid,  as  provided  in   Section
14    11-74.4-8  of  the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act
15    or in Section 11-74.6-35 of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law.
16    For the purpose of computing the equalized assessed valuation
17    per weighted ADA pupil in  the  district  the  total  initial
18    equalized   assessed   valuation  or  the  current  equalized
19    assessed valuation, whichever is lower, shall be  used  until
20    such time as all redevelopment project costs have been paid.
21        (k)  For  a school district operating under the financial
22    supervision of an Authority created under  Article  34A,  the
23    State  aid  otherwise  payable  to  that  district under this
24    Section, other than  State  aid  attributable  to  Chapter  1
25    students,  shall  be reduced by an amount equal to the budget
26    for the operations of  the  Authority  as  certified  by  the
27    Authority  to  the  State  Board  of Education, and an amount
28    equal to such  reduction  shall  be  paid  to  the  Authority
29    created  for  such district for its operating expenses in the
30    manner provided in Section 18-11.   The  remainder  of  State
31    school  aid for any such district shall be paid in accordance
32    with Article 34A when that Article provides for a disposition
33    other than that provided by this Article.
34        (l)  For purposes of calculating  State  aid  under  this
                            -61-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    Section,  the  equalized  assessed  valuation  for  a  school
 2    district  used  to  compute  State aid shall be determined by
 3    adding to the real property equalized assessed valuation  for
 4    the  district  an  amount  computed by dividing the amount of
 5    money received by the district under the  provisions  of  "An
 6    Act  in  relation  to  the  abolition  of ad valorem personal
 7    property tax and the replacement of revenues  lost  thereby",
 8    certified  August  14,  1979,  by  the total tax rate for the
 9    district. For purposes of  this  subsection  1976  tax  rates
10    shall  be used for school districts in the county of Cook and
11    1977 tax rates shall be used  for  school  districts  in  all
12    other counties.
13        (m) (1)  For  a  new  school district formed by combining
14    property  included  totally  within  2  or  more   previously
15    existing school districts, for its first year of existence or
16    if  the  new  district  was formed after October 31, 1982 and
17    prior  to  September  23,  1985,  for  the  year  immediately
18    following September 23, 1985, the State aid calculated  under
19    this  Section  shall be computed for the new district and for
20    the previously  existing  districts  for  which  property  is
21    totally included within the new district.  If the computation
22    on the basis of the previously existing districts is greater,
23    a supplementary payment equal to the difference shall be made
24    for  the first 3 years of existence of the new district or if
25    the new district was formed after October 31, 1982 and  prior
26    to  September 23, 1985, for the 3 years immediately following
27    September 23, 1985.
28        (2)  For a school  district  which  annexes  all  of  the
29    territory  of  one or more entire other school districts, for
30    the  first  year  during  which  the  change  of   boundaries
31    attributable  to  such  annexation  becomes effective for all
32    purposes as determined under Section 7-9 or 7A-8,  the  State
33    aid  calculated  under this Section shall be computed for the
34    annexing district as constituted after the annexation and for
                            -62-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    the annexing and each annexed district as  constituted  prior
 2    to the annexation; and if the computation on the basis of the
 3    annexing  and  annexed  districts as constituted prior to the
 4    annexation is greater, a supplementary payment equal  to  the
 5    difference  shall  be made for the first 3 years of existence
 6    of the annexing school  district  as  constituted  upon  such
 7    annexation.
 8        (3)  For  2  or  more school districts which annex all of
 9    the territory of one or more entire other  school  districts,
10    and  for 2 or more community unit districts which result upon
11    the division (pursuant to petition under  Section  11A-2)  of
12    one  or more other unit school districts into 2 or more parts
13    and which together include all of the parts into  which  such
14    other  unit  school district or districts are so divided, for
15    the  first  year  during  which  the  change  of   boundaries
16    attributable to such annexation or division becomes effective
17    for  all  purposes as determined under Section 7-9 or 11A-10,
18    as the case may be,  the  State  aid  calculated  under  this
19    Section  shall  be  computed  for  each annexing or resulting
20    district as constituted after the annexation or division  and
21    for each annexing and annexed district, or for each resulting
22    and  divided district, as constituted prior to the annexation
23    or division; and if the aggregate of  the  State  aid  as  so
24    computed   for   the   annexing  or  resulting  districts  as
25    constituted after the annexation or division is less than the
26    aggregate of the State aid as so computed  for  the  annexing
27    and  annexed  districts,  or  for  the  resulting and divided
28    districts,  as  constituted  prior  to  the   annexation   or
29    division,   then   a   supplementary  payment  equal  to  the
30    difference shall be made and allocated between or  among  the
31    annexing  or  resulting  districts,  as constituted upon such
32    annexation or division,  for  the  first  3  years  of  their
33    existence.   The  total difference payment shall be allocated
34    between or among the annexing or resulting districts  in  the
                            -63-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    same  ratio  as the pupil enrollment from that portion of the
 2    annexed or divided district or districts which is annexed  to
 3    or included in each such annexing or resulting district bears
 4    to  the  total  pupil  enrollment  from the entire annexed or
 5    divided district or districts, as such  pupil  enrollment  is
 6    determined  for the school year last ending prior to the date
 7    when the change of boundaries attributable to the  annexation
 8    or  division  becomes effective for all purposes.  The amount
 9    of the total difference payment and the amount thereof to  be
10    allocated  to  the  annexing  or resulting districts shall be
11    computed by the State Board of  Education  on  the  basis  of
12    pupil  enrollment  and other data which shall be certified to
13    the State Board of Education, on forms which it shall provide
14    for that purpose, by the regional superintendent  of  schools
15    for each educational service region in which the annexing and
16    annexed  districts,  or  resulting  and divided districts are
17    located.
18        (4)  If a unit school district annexes all the  territory
19    of  another  unit  school district effective for all purposes
20    pursuant to Section 7-9 on July 1, 1988, and if part  of  the
21    annexed  territory  is  detached within 90 days after July 1,
22    1988, then the detachment shall be disregarded  in  computing
23    the supplementary State aid payments under this paragraph (m)
24    for  the entire 3 year period and the supplementary State aid
25    payments shall not be diminished because of the detachment.
26        (5)  Any supplementary State aid payment made under  this
27    paragraph  (m)  shall  be  treated as separate from all other
28    payments made pursuant to this Section.
29        (n)  For the purposes of calculating State aid under this
30    Section, the real property equalized assessed valuation for a
31    school district used to compute State aid shall be determined
32    by subtracting from the real property value as  equalized  or
33    assessed  by  the  Department  of Revenue for the district an
34    amount computed by dividing the amount of  any  abatement  of
                            -64-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    taxes  under  Section  18-170 of the Property Tax Code by the
 2    maximum operating tax rates specified in subsection  5(c)  of
 3    this Section and an amount computed by dividing the amount of
 4    any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) of Section 18-165
 5    of  the  Property Tax Code by the maximum operating tax rates
 6    specified in subsection 5(c) of this Section.
 7        (o)  Notwithstanding  any  other   provisions   of   this
 8    Section,  for  the  1996-1997  school  year the amount of the
 9    aggregate general State  aid  entitlement  that  is  received
10    under  this  Section  by each school district for that school
11    year shall be not less  than  the  amount  of  the  aggregate
12    general  State  aid  entitlement  that  was  received  by the
13    district under this Section for the  1995-1996  school  year.
14    If a school district is to receive an aggregate general State
15    aid  entitlement  under this Section for the 1996-1997 school
16    year that is less than the amount of  the  aggregate  general
17    State  aid  entitlement that the district received under this
18    Section for the 1995-1996 school year,  the  school  district
19    shall  also  receive,  from a separate appropriation made for
20    purposes of this paragraph (o), a supplementary payment  that
21    is  equal  to  the  amount  by  which  the  general State aid
22    entitlement received by the district under this  Section  for
23    the  1995-1996  school  year  exceeds  the  general State aid
24    entitlement that  the  district  is  to  receive  under  this
25    Section for the 1996-1997 school year.
26        Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, for
27    the 1997-1998 school year the amount of the aggregate general
28    State  aid entitlement that is received under this Section by
29    each school district for that school year shall be  not  less
30    than   the   amount   of  the  aggregate  general  State  aid
31    entitlement that was received  by  the  district  under  this
32    Section  for the 1996-1997 school year.  If a school district
33    is to receive an  aggregate  general  State  aid  entitlement
34    under this Section for the 1997-1998 school year that is less
                            -65-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    than   the   amount   of  the  aggregate  general  State  aid
 2    entitlement that the district received under this Section for
 3    the 1996-1997 school year, the  school  district  shall  also
 4    receive,  from  a separate appropriation made for purposes of
 5    this paragraph (o), a supplementary payment that is equal  to
 6    the  amount  by  which  the  general  State  aid  entitlement
 7    received by the district under this Section for the 1996-1997
 8    school  year  exceeds  the general State aid entitlement that
 9    the district  is  to  receive  under  this  Section  for  the
10    1997-1998 school year.
11        If  the amount appropriated for supplementary payments to
12    school districts under this paragraph (o) is insufficient for
13    that purpose, the supplementary payments that  districts  are
14    to  receive  under this paragraph shall be prorated according
15    to  the  aggregate  amount  of  the  appropriation  made  for
16    purposes of this paragraph.
17        (p)  For  the  1997-1998  school  year,  a   supplemental
18    general   State  aid  grant  shall  be  provided  for  school
19    districts as follows:
20             (i)  The general State  aid  received  by  a  school
21        district under this Section for the 1997-1998 school year
22        shall  be  added to the sum of (A) the result obtained by
23        multiplying the 1995 equalized valuation of  all  taxable
24        property  in  the  district  by the fixed calculation tax
25        rates of 3.0% for unit  districts,  2.0%  for  elementary
26        districts and 1.0% for high school districts plus (B) the
27        aggregate   corporate   personal   property   replacement
28        revenues  received  by  the district during the 1996-1997
29        school year;
30             (ii)  The aggregate amount determined under item (i)
31        of this subsection 5(p) shall be divided by  the  average
32        of  the best 3 months of pupil attendance in the district
33        for the 1996-1997 school year; and
34             (iii)  If  the  result  obtained  by  dividing   the
                            -66-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1        aggregate  amount  determined  under  item  (i)  of  this
 2        subsection  5(p)  by  the average of the best 3 months of
 3        pupil attendance in the district as provided in item (ii)
 4        of this subsection 5(p) is less than $4,100  $3,600,  the
 5        supplemental  general  State  aid grant that the district
 6        shall  receive  under  this  subsection  5(p)   for   the
 7        1997-1998  school  year  shall  be  equal  to  the amount
 8        determined by subtracting from $4,100 $3,600  the  result
 9        obtained  by  dividing  the  aggregate  amount determined
10        under item (i) of this subsection by the average  of  the
11        best  3  months  of  pupil  attendance in the district as
12        provided  in  item  (ii)  of  this  subsection,  and   by
13        multiplying  that difference by the average of the best 3
14        months of  pupil  attendance  in  the  district  for  the
15        1996-1997 school year.
16        If the moneys appropriated in a separate line item by the
17    General   Assembly  to  the  State  Board  of  Education  for
18    supplementary payments required to be made and distributed to
19    school districts for any school year  under  this  subsection
20    5(p)  are  insufficient,  the  amount  of  the  supplementary
21    payments  required to be made and distributed to those school
22    districts under this subsection 5(p)  for  that  school  year
23    shall abate proportionately.
24        B.  In calculating the amount to be paid to the governing
25    board  of  a  public  university  that  operates a laboratory
26    school under this Section or to any alternative  school  that
27    is  operated by a regional superintendent, the State Board of
28    Education shall require by rule such  reporting  requirements
29    as it deems necessary.
30        As  used  in  this  Section,  "laboratory school" means a
31    public school which is  created  and  operated  by  a  public
32    university and approved by the State Board of Education.  The
33    governing  board  of a public university which receives funds
34    from the State Board under this subsection B may not increase
                            -67-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    the number of students enrolled in its laboratory school from
 2    a single district, if that district is already sending 50  or
 3    more  students,  except  under a mutual agreement between the
 4    school board of a student's district  of  residence  and  the
 5    university   which   operates   the   laboratory  school.   A
 6    laboratory school may not  have  more  than  1,000  students,
 7    excluding  students  with disabilities in a special education
 8    program.
 9        As used in this Section,  "alternative  school"  means  a
10    public  school  which  is  created and operated by a Regional
11    Superintendent of Schools and approved by the State Board  of
12    Education.  Such  alternative  schools  may  offer courses of
13    instruction for which  credit  is  given  in  regular  school
14    programs,  courses  to  prepare  students for the high school
15    equivalency testing program or  vocational  and  occupational
16    training.
17        Each  laboratory  and  alternative  school shall file, on
18    forms provided by the State Superintendent of  Education,  an
19    annual  State  aid  claim  which  states  the  average  daily
20    attendance  of  the  school's  students by month.  The best 3
21    months' average daily attendance shall be computed  for  each
22    school.   The  weighted  average  daily  attendance  shall be
23    computed and the weighted average daily  attendance  for  the
24    school's  most recent 3 year average shall be compared to the
25    most  recent  weighted  average  daily  attendance,  and  the
26    greater of the 2 shall be used for the calculation under this
27    subsection B.  The general State  aid  entitlement  shall  be
28    computed  by  multiplying  the  school's student count by the
29    foundation level as determined under this Section.
30        C.  This Section is repealed July 1, 1998.
31    (Source: P.A.  89-15,  eff.  5-30-95;  89-235,  eff.  8-4-95;
32    89-397, eff.  8-20-95;  89-610,  eff.  8-6-96;  89-618,  eff.
33    8-9-96; 89-626, eff. 8-9-96; 89-679, eff. 8-16-96; 90-9, eff.
34    7-1-97; 90-14, eff. 7-1-97.)
                            -68-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1        (105 ILCS 5/18-8.05 new)
 2        Sec.  18-8.05.  Basis  for apportionment of general State
 3    financial aid and  supplemental  general  State  aid  to  the
 4    common schools for the 1998-1999 and subsequent school years.
 5    (A)  General Provisions.
 6        (1)  The  provisions  of  this  Section apply only to the
 7    1998-1999 and subsequent school years.  The system of general
 8    State financial aid provided for in this Section is  designed
 9    to  assure that, through a combination of State financial aid
10    and required local resources, the financial support  provided
11    each  pupil  in  Average Daily Attendance equals or exceeds a
12    prescribed per pupil Foundation Level.  This formula approach
13    imputes a level of per pupil Available  Local  Resources  and
14    provides  for  the  basis  to  calculate a per pupil level of
15    general State financial aid that,  when  added  to  Available
16    Local Resources, equals or exceeds the Foundation Level.  The
17    amount  of  per  pupil general State financial aid for school
18    districts,  in  general,  varies  in  inverse   relation   to
19    Available  Local Resources.  Per pupil amounts are based upon
20    each school district's Average Daily Attendance as that  term
21    is defined in this Section.
22        (2)  In  addition  to general State financial aid, school
23    districts with specified levels or concentrations  of  pupils
24    from   low   income   households   are  eligible  to  receive
25    supplemental general State financial aid grants  as  provided
26    pursuant to subsection (H). The supplemental State aid grants
27    provided  for  school districts under subsection (H) shall be
28    appropriated for distribution to school districts as part  of
29    the  same  line item in which the general State financial aid
30    of school districts is appropriated under this Section.
31        (3)  To receive financial assistance under this  Section,
32    school  districts  are required to file claims with the State
33    Board of Education, subject to the following requirements:
34             (a)  Any school district which fails for  any  given
                            -69-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1        school  year to maintain school as required by law, or to
 2        maintain a recognized school is not eligible to file  for
 3        such  school  year any claim upon the Common School Fund.
 4        In case of  nonrecognition  of  one  or  more  attendance
 5        centers   in   a   school  district  otherwise  operating
 6        recognized schools, the claim of the  district  shall  be
 7        reduced   in  the  proportion  which  the  Average  Daily
 8        Attendance in the attendance center or  centers  bear  to
 9        the  Average  Daily Attendance in the school district.  A
10        "recognized school" means any public school  which  meets
11        the standards as established for recognition by the State
12        Board  of  Education.   A  school  district or attendance
13        center not having recognition status  at  the  end  of  a
14        school term is entitled to receive State aid payments due
15        upon   a  legal  claim  which  was  filed  while  it  was
16        recognized.
17             (b)  School district claims filed under this Section
18        are subject to Sections 18-9, 18-10, and 18-12, except as
19        otherwise provided in this Section.
20             (c)  If a  school  district  operates  a  full  year
21        school  under  Section  10-19.1, the general State aid to
22        the school district shall  be  determined  by  the  State
23        Board  of  Education  in  accordance with this Section as
24        near as may be applicable.
25             (d)  Claims  for  financial  assistance  under  this
26        Section shall  not  be  recomputed  except  as  expressly
27        provided under this Section.
28        (4)  Except  as  provided in subsections (H) and (L), the
29    board of any district receiving any of  the  grants  provided
30    for  in  this  Section  may  apply those funds to any fund so
31    received  for  which  that  board  is  authorized   to   make
32    expenditures by law.
33        School  districts  are  not  required  to exert a minimum
34    Operating Tax Rate in order to qualify for  assistance  under
                            -70-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    this Section.
 2        (5)  As  used  in  this Section the following terms, when
 3    capitalized, shall have the meaning ascribed herein:
 4             (a)  "Average Daily Attendance":  A count  of  pupil
 5        attendance   in  school,  averaged  as  provided  for  in
 6        subsection  (C)  and  utilized  in  deriving  per   pupil
 7        financial support levels.
 8             (b)  "Available  Local Resources":  A computation of
 9        local financial support, calculated on the basis  Average
10        Daily  Attendance  and  derived  as  provided pursuant to
11        subsection (D).
12             (c)  "Corporate   Personal   Property    Replacement
13        Taxes":  Funds paid to local school districts pursuant to
14        "An  Act  in  relation  to  the  abolition  of ad valorem
15        personal property tax and  the  replacement  of  revenues
16        lost thereby, and amending and repealing certain Acts and
17        parts  of Acts in connection therewith", certified August
18        14, 1979, as amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
19             (d)  "Foundation Level":  A prescribed level of  per
20        pupil  financial  support  as  provided for in subsection
21        (B).
22             (e)  "Operating  Tax  Rate":   All  school  district
23        property  taxes  extended  for   all   purposes,   except
24        community college educational purposes for the payment of
25        tuition under Section 6-1 of the Public Community College
26        Act,  Bond  and  Interest,  Summer  School, Rent, Capital
27        Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes.
28    (B)  Foundation Level.
29        (1)  The Foundation Level is a figure established by  the
30    State  representing  the minimum level of per pupil financial
31    support that should be available to  provide  for  the  basic
32    education  of each pupil in Average Daily Attendance.  As set
33    forth in this Section, each school  district  is  assumed  to
34    exert   a  sufficient  local  taxing  effort  such  that,  in
                            -71-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    combination with the aggregate of general State financial aid
 2    provided the  district,  an  aggregate  of  State  and  local
 3    resources  are available to meet the basic education needs of
 4    pupils in the district.
 5        (2)  For the 1998-1999 school year and each  school  year
 6    thereafter, the Foundation Level of support is $4,225 or such
 7    greater  amount  as  may be established by law by the General
 8    Assembly.
 9    (C)  Average Daily Attendance.
10        (1)  For  purposes  of  calculating  general  State   aid
11    pursuant  to  subsection  (E),  an  Average  Daily Attendance
12    figure shall  be  utilized.   The  Average  Daily  Attendance
13    figure  for formula calculation purposes shall be the monthly
14    average of the actual number of pupils in attendance of  each
15    school district, as further averaged for the best 3 months of
16    pupil  attendance for each school district.  In compiling the
17    figures for  the  number  of  pupils  in  attendance,  school
18    districts  and  the  State  Board  of  Education  shall,  for
19    purposes  of  general  State  aid funding, conform attendance
20    figures to the requirements of subsection (F).
21        (2)  The Average Daily  Attendance  figures  utilized  in
22    subsection (E) shall be the requisite attendance data for the
23    school  year  immediately preceding the school year for which
24    general State aid is being calculated.
25    (D)  Available Local Resources.
26        (1)  For  purposes  of  calculating  general  State   aid
27    pursuant  to  subsection  (E),  a representation of Available
28    Local Resources per  pupil,  as  that  term  is  defined  and
29    determined  in this subsection, shall be utilized.  Available
30    Local Resources per pupil shall include a  calculated  dollar
31    amount representing local school district revenues from local
32    property   taxes   and   from   Corporate  Personal  Property
33    Replacement Taxes,  expressed  on  the  basis  of  pupils  in
                            -72-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    Average Daily Attendance.
 2        (2)  In  determining  a  school  district's  revenue from
 3    local property taxes, the  State  Board  of  Education  shall
 4    utilize  the  equalized  assessed  valuation  of  all taxable
 5    property of each school district as of September  30  of  the
 6    previous  year.   The  equalized  assessed valuation utilized
 7    shall be obtained and determined as  provided  in  subsection
 8    (G).
 9        (3)  For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten
10    through  12,  local  property tax revenues per pupil shall be
11    calculated  as  the  product  of  the  applicable   equalized
12    assessed  valuation for the district multiplied by 3.00%, and
13    divided by the district's Average  Daily  Attendance  figure.
14    For  school districts maintaining grades kindergarten through
15    8, local property tax revenues per pupil shall be  calculated
16    as the product of the applicable equalized assessed valuation
17    for  the  district  multiplied  by  2.30%, and divided by the
18    district's  Average  Daily  Attendance  figure.   For  school
19    districts maintaining grades 9 through 12, local property tax
20    revenues per pupil shall be the applicable equalized assessed
21    valuation of the district multiplied by 1.20%, and divided by
22    the district's Average Daily Attendance figure.
23        (4)  The Corporate Personal  Property  Replacement  Taxes
24    paid to each school district during the calendar year 2 years
25    before  the  calendar  year  in  which  a school year begins,
26    divided by the  Average  Daily  Attendance  figure  for  that
27    district,  shall  be added to the local property tax revenues
28    per pupil as derived by the application  of  the  immediately
29    preceding  paragraph (3).  The sum of these per pupil figures
30    for each school district  shall  constitute  Available  Local
31    Resources  as  that term is utilized in subsection (E) in the
32    calculation of general State aid.
33    (E)  Computation of General State Aid.
34        (1)  For each school year, the amount  of  general  State
                            -73-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    aid  allotted  to  a school district shall be computed by the
 2    State Board of Education as provided in this subsection.
 3        (2)  For any school district for  which  Available  Local
 4    Resources  per  pupil  is less than the product of 0.93 times
 5    the Foundation Level, general State  aid  for  that  district
 6    shall  be  calculated  as  an  amount equal to the Foundation
 7    Level minus Available  Local  Resources,  multiplied  by  the
 8    Average Daily Attendance of the school district.
 9        (3)  For  any  school  district for which Available Local
10    Resources per pupil is equal to or greater than  the  product
11    of  0.93 times the Foundation Level and less than the product
12    of 1.75 times the Foundation Level, the general State aid per
13    pupil shall be a decimal proportion of the  Foundation  Level
14    derived   using   a  linear  algorithm.   Under  this  linear
15    algorithm, the calculated general State aid per  pupil  shall
16    decline   in  direct  linear  fashion  from  0.07  times  the
17    Foundation Level for a school district with  Available  Local
18    Resources  equal  to the product of 0.93 times the Foundation
19    Level, to 0.05  times  the  Foundation  Level  for  a  school
20    district  with Available Local Resources equal to the product
21    of 1.75  times  the  Foundation  Level.   The  allocation  of
22    general  State  aid  for  school  districts  subject  to this
23    paragraph 3 shall be the calculated  general  State  aid  per
24    pupil  figure  multiplied  by the Average Daily Attendance of
25    the school district.
26        (4)  For any school district for  which  Available  Local
27    Resources  per  pupil  equals  or exceeds the product of 1.75
28    times the Foundation Level, the general  State  aid  for  the
29    school  district  shall  be calculated as the product of $218
30    multiplied by the Average  Daily  Attendance  of  the  school
31    district.
32    (F)  Compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
33        (1)  Each  school district shall, by July 1 of each year,
34    submit to the State Board of Education, on  forms  prescribed
                            -74-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    by  the  State Board of Education, attendance figures for the
 2    school year that began in the preceding calendar  year.   The
 3    attendance  information  so  transmitted  shall  identify the
 4    average daily attendance figures for each month of the school
 5    year, except that any days of attendance in August  shall  be
 6    added to the month of September and any days of attendance in
 7    June shall be added to the month of May.
 8        Except  as  otherwise  provided  in this Section, days of
 9    attendance by pupils shall be counted only  for  sessions  of
10    not  less  than  5  clock  hours of school work per day under
11    direct supervision of: (i)  teachers,  or  (ii)  non-teaching
12    personnel   or   volunteer   personnel   when   engaging   in
13    non-teaching   duties  and  supervising  in  those  instances
14    specified in subsection (a) of Section 10-22.34 and paragraph
15    10 of Section 34-18, with pupils of legal school age  and  in
16    kindergarten and grades 1 through 12.
17        Days  of attendance by tuition pupils shall be accredited
18    only to the districts that pay the tuition  to  a  recognized
19    school.
20        (2)  Days  of  attendance  by pupils of less than 5 clock
21    hours of school shall be subject to the following  provisions
22    in the compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
23             (a)  Pupils  regularly  enrolled  in a public school
24        for only a part of the school day may be counted  on  the
25        basis  of  1/6 day for every class hour of instruction of
26        40 minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment.
27             (b)  Days of attendance may be  less  than  5  clock
28        hours  on the opening and closing of the school term, and
29        upon the first day of pupil attendance, if preceded by  a
30        day  or  days  utilized  as  an  institute  or  teachers'
31        workshop.
32             (c)  A  session  of  4  or  more  clock hours may be
33        counted as a day of attendance upon certification by  the
34        regional   superintendent,  and  approved  by  the  State
                            -75-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1        Superintendent  of  Education  to  the  extent  that  the
 2        district has been forced to use daily multiple sessions.
 3             (d)  A session of 3  or  more  clock  hours  may  be
 4        counted  as a day of attendance (1) when the remainder of
 5        the school day or at least 2 hours in the evening of that
 6        day is utilized for an in-service  training  program  for
 7        teachers,  up  to  a maximum of 5 days per school year of
 8        which a maximum of 4 days of such 5 days may be used  for
 9        parent-teacher  conferences, provided a district conducts
10        an in-service training program  for  teachers  which  has
11        been  approved  by the State Superintendent of Education;
12        or, in lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days may be  used,  in
13        which  event  each  such  day  may be counted as a day of
14        attendance; and  (2)  when  days  in  addition  to  those
15        provided  in  item (1) are scheduled by a school pursuant
16        to its school improvement plan adopted under  Article  34
17        or its revised or amended school improvement plan adopted
18        under  Article 2, provided that (i) such sessions of 3 or
19        more clock  hours  are  scheduled  to  occur  at  regular
20        intervals, (ii) the remainder of the school days in which
21        such  sessions occur are utilized for in-service training
22        programs  or  other  staff  development  activities   for
23        teachers,  and  (iii)  a  sufficient number of minutes of
24        school work under the direct supervision of teachers  are
25        added to the school days between such regularly scheduled
26        sessions  to  accumulate  not  less  than  the  number of
27        minutes by which such sessions of 3 or more  clock  hours
28        fall  short  of 5 clock hours. Any full days used for the
29        purposes of this paragraph shall not  be  considered  for
30        computing  average  daily attendance.  Days scheduled for
31        in-service   training   programs,    staff    development
32        activities,   or   parent-teacher   conferences   may  be
33        scheduled  separately  for  different  grade  levels  and
34        different attendance centers of the district.
                            -76-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1             (e)  A session of  not  less  than  one  clock  hour
 2        teaching  of  hospitalized or homebound pupils on-site or
 3        by telephone to the classroom may be counted as  1/2  day
 4        of  attendance,  however  these  pupils must receive 4 or
 5        more clock hours of instruction to be counted for a  full
 6        day of attendance.
 7             (f)  A  session  of  at  least  4 clock hours may be
 8        counted as a day of attendance for  first  grade  pupils,
 9        and  pupils in full day kindergartens, and a session of 2
10        or more hours may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance  by
11        pupils  in  kindergartens  which  provide only 1/2 day of
12        attendance.
13             (g)  For children with disabilities  who  are  below
14        the  age of 6 years and who cannot attend 2 or more clock
15        hours  because  of  their  disability  or  immaturity,  a
16        session of not less than one clock hour may be counted as
17        1/2 day of attendance; however for  such  children  whose
18        educational needs so require a session of 4 or more clock
19        hours may be counted as a full day of attendance.
20             (h)  A  recognized  kindergarten  which provides for
21        only 1/2 day of attendance by each pupil shall  not  have
22        more  than  1/2  day  of attendance counted in any 1 day.
23        However, kindergartens may count 2 1/2 days of attendance
24        in any 5 consecutive school days.  When a  pupil  attends
25        such  a  kindergarten  for  2 half days on any one school
26        day, the pupil shall have the  following  day  as  a  day
27        absent  from  school,  unless the school district obtains
28        permission in writing from the  State  Superintendent  of
29        Education.  Attendance at kindergartens which provide for
30        a  full  day of attendance by each pupil shall be counted
31        the same as attendance by first grade pupils.   Only  the
32        first  year  of  attendance  in one kindergarten shall be
33        counted, except in  case  of  children  who  entered  the
34        kindergarten   in  their  fifth  year  whose  educational
                            -77-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1        development requires a second  year  of  kindergarten  as
 2        determined  under  the rules and regulations of the State
 3        Board of Education.
 4    (G)  Equalized Assessed Valuation Data.
 5        (1)  For purposes of the calculation of  Available  Local
 6    Resources  required  pursuant  to  subsection  (D), the State
 7    Board of  Education  shall  secure  from  the  Department  of
 8    Revenue  the value as equalized or assessed by the Department
 9    of Revenue of all taxable property of every  school  district
10    together with the applicable tax rate used in extending taxes
11    for  the  funds  of  the  district  as of September 30 of the
12    previous year.
13        This equalized assessed valuation, as adjusted further by
14    the requirements of this subsection, shall be utilized in the
15    calculation of Available Local Resources.
16        (2)  The equalized assessed valuation  in  paragraph  (1)
17    shall be adjusted, as applicable, in the following manner:
18             (a)  The  Department  of  Revenue  shall  add to the
19        equalized assessed value of all taxable property of  each
20        school  district  situated entirely or partially within a
21        county with 3,000,000 or more inhabitants an amount equal
22        to the total amount by  which  the  homestead  exemptions
23        allowed  under Sections 15-170 and 15-175 of the Property
24        Tax Code  for  real  property  situated  in  that  school
25        district  exceeds  the  total amount that would have been
26        allowed in that school district as  homestead  exemptions
27        under  those  Sections  if  the  maximum  reduction under
28        Section 15-170 of the Property Tax Code  was  $2,500  and
29        the   maximum  reduction  under  Section  15-175  of  the
30        Property Tax Code was $4,500.  The county  clerk  of  any
31        county  with 3,000,000 or more inhabitants shall annually
32        calculate and certify to the Department for  each  school
33        district  all  homestead  exemption  amounts  required by
34        Public Act 87-894.  In a new district which has  not  had
                            -78-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1        any  tax  rates  yet determined for extension of taxes, a
 2        leveled uniform rate shall be computed  from  the  latest
 3        amount  of  the  fund taxes extended on the several areas
 4        within the new district.
 5             (b)  For the purposes of calculating State aid under
 6        this Section, with  respect  to  any  part  of  a  school
 7        district  within  a redevelopment project area in respect
 8        to  which  a  municipality  has  adopted  tax   increment
 9        allocation   financing  pursuant  to  the  Tax  Increment
10        Allocation Redevelopment Act, Sections 11-74.4-1  through
11        11-74.4-11   of   the  Illinois  Municipal  Code  or  the
12        Industrial Jobs Recovery Law, Sections 11-74.6-1  through
13        11-74.6-50 of the Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the
14        current  equalized  assessed  valuation  of real property
15        located in any such project area which is attributable to
16        an increase above the total  initial  equalized  assessed
17        valuation  of  such property shall be used as part of the
18        equalized assessed valuation of the district, until  such
19        time  as  all redevelopment project costs have been paid,
20        as provided in Section 11-74.4-8  of  the  Tax  Increment
21        Allocation  Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of
22        the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law.  For the purpose of the
23        equalized assessed valuation of the district,  the  total
24        initial  equalized  assessed  valuation  or  the  current
25        equalized  assessed  valuation, whichever is lower, shall
26        be used until such  time  as  all  redevelopment  project
27        costs have been paid.
28             (c)  The  real property equalized assessed valuation
29        for a school district shall be  adjusted  by  subtracting
30        from  the real property value as equalized or assessed by
31        the Department of Revenue  for  the  district  an  amount
32        computed by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes
33        under  Section  18-170  of the Property Tax Code by 3.00%
34        for a district maintaining grades kindergarten through 12
                            -79-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1        or  by  2.30%   for   a   district   maintaining   grades
 2        kindergarten  through  8,  or  by  1.20%  for  a district
 3        maintaining grades 9 through 12 and adjusted by an amount
 4        computed by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes
 5        under subsection (a) of Section 18-165  of  the  Property
 6        Tax  Code  by the same percentage rates for district type
 7        as specified in this subparagraph (c).
 8    (H)  Supplemental General State Aid.
 9        (1)  In addition  to  the  general  State  aid  a  school
10    district  is  allotted pursuant to subsection (E), qualifying
11    school districts shall receive a grant, paid  in  conjunction
12    with   a  district's  payments  of  general  State  aid,  for
13    supplemental general State aid based upon  the  concentration
14    level  of  children  from  low-income  households  within the
15    school district. Supplemental State aid grants  provided  for
16    school  districts under this subsection shall be appropriated
17    for distribution to school districts as part of the same line
18    item in which the  general  State  financial  aid  of  school
19    districts is appropriated under this Section. For purposes of
20    this  subsection,  the  term "Low-Income Concentration Level"
21    shall be the low-income eligible pupil count  from  the  most
22    recently  available  federal  census  divided  by the Average
23    Daily Attendance of the school district.
24        (2)  Supplemental general  State  aid  pursuant  to  this
25    subsection shall be provided as follows:
26             (a)  For  any  school  district  with  a  Low Income
27        Concentration Level of at least 20% and  less  than  35%,
28        the grant for any school year shall be $800 multiplied by
29        the low income eligible pupil count.
30             (b)  For  any  school  district  with  a  Low Income
31        Concentration Level of at least 35% and  less  than  50%,
32        the  grant for any school year shall be $1,100 multiplied
33        by the low income eligible pupil count.
34             (c)  For any  school  district  with  a  Low  Income
                            -80-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1        Concentration  Level  of  at least 50% and less than 60%,
 2        the grant for any school year shall be $1,500  multiplied
 3        by the low income eligible pupil count.
 4             (d)  For  any  school  district  with  a  Low Income
 5        Concentration Level of 60% or more,  the  grant  for  any
 6        school  year shall be $1,900 multiplied by the low income
 7        eligible pupil count.
 8        (3)  School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of
 9    more than  1,000  and  less  than  50,000  that  qualify  for
10    supplemental  general  State  aid pursuant to this subsection
11    shall submit a plan to the State Board of Education prior  to
12    October  30  of  each year for the use of the funds resulting
13    from this grant of supplemental general  State  aid  for  the
14    improvement  of  instruction  in  which  priority is given to
15    meeting the education needs of disadvantaged children.   Such
16    plan   shall  be  submitted  in  accordance  with  rules  and
17    regulations promulgated by the State Board of Education.
18        (4)  School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of
19    50,000 or more that qualify for  supplemental  general  State
20    aid   pursuant  to  this  subsection  shall  be  required  to
21    distribute from funds available pursuant to this Section,  no
22    less  than  $261,000,000  in  accordance  with  the following
23    requirements:
24             (a)  The required amounts shall  be  distributed  to
25        the  attendance centers within the district in proportion
26        to the number  of  pupils  enrolled  at  each  attendance
27        center  who are eligible to receive free or reduced-price
28        lunches or breakfasts under the federal  Child  Nutrition
29        Act  of  1966  and  under  the  National School Lunch Act
30        during the immediately preceding school year.
31             (b)  The   distribution   of   these   portions   of
32        supplemental  and  general  State  aid  among  attendance
33        centers according to  these  requirements  shall  not  be
34        compensated  for  or  contravened  by  adjustments of the
                            -81-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1        total of  other  funds  appropriated  to  any  attendance
 2        centers, and the Board of Education shall utilize funding
 3        from  one  or several sources in order to fully implement
 4        this provision annually prior to the opening of school.
 5             (c)  Each attendance center shall be provided by the
 6        school district a distribution  of  noncategorical  funds
 7        and other categorical funds to which an attendance center
 8        is entitled under law in order that the general State aid
 9        and   supplemental   general   State   aid   provided  by
10        application of this subsection  supplements  rather  than
11        supplants  the noncategorical funds and other categorical
12        funds provided by the school district to  the  attendance
13        centers.
14             (d)  Any  funds made available under this subsection
15        that by reason of the provisions of this  subsection  are
16        not  required  to be allocated and provided to attendance
17        centers may be used and appropriated by the board of  the
18        district for any lawful school purpose.
19             (e)  Funds received by an attendance center pursuant
20        to this subsection shall be used by the attendance center
21        at  the  discretion  of  the  principal  and local school
22        council for programs to improve educational opportunities
23        at qualifying schools through the following programs  and
24        services:  early  childhood education, reduced class size
25        or improved adult to student classroom ratio,  enrichment
26        programs, remedial assistance, attendance improvement and
27        other   educationally   beneficial   expenditures   which
28        supplement  the  regular and basic programs as determined
29        by the State Board of Education.   Funds  provided  shall
30        not be expended for any political or lobbying purposes as
31        defined by board rule.
32             (f)  Each district subject to the provisions of this
33        subdivision  (H)(4)  shall  submit  an acceptable plan to
34        meet the educational needs of disadvantaged children,  in
                            -82-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1        compliance  with  the  requirements of this paragraph, to
 2        the State Board of Education prior to  July  15  of  each
 3        year. This plan shall be consistent with the decisions of
 4        local  school  councils concerning the school expenditure
 5        plans developed in accordance  with  part  4  of  Section
 6        34-2.3.  The State Board shall approve or reject the plan
 7        within  60  days  after  its  submission.  If the plan is
 8        rejected, the  district  shall  give  written  notice  of
 9        intent   to  modify  the  plan  within  15  days  of  the
10        notification of rejection and then submit a modified plan
11        within 30 days after the date of the  written  notice  of
12        intent  to  modify.    Districts may amend approved plans
13        pursuant to rules  promulgated  by  the  State  Board  of
14        Education.
15             Upon  notification  by  the State Board of Education
16        that the district has not submitted a plan prior to  July
17        15  or  a  modified plan within the time period specified
18        herein, the State aid funds  affected  by  that  plan  or
19        modified  plan  shall  be  withheld by the State Board of
20        Education until a plan or modified plan is submitted.
21             If the district fails to  distribute  State  aid  to
22        attendance  centers  in accordance with an approved plan,
23        the plan for the following year shall allocate funds,  in
24        addition   to   the  funds  otherwise  required  by  this
25        subsection,  to  those  attendance  centers  which   were
26        underfunded  during the previous year in amounts equal to
27        such underfunding.
28             For purposes of  determining  compliance  with  this
29        subsection  in relation to the requirements of attendance
30        center funding, each district subject to  the  provisions
31        of this subsection shall submit as a separate document by
32        December  1 of each year a report of expenditure data for
33        the prior year in addition to  any  modification  of  its
34        current  plan.  If it is determined that there has been a
                            -83-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1        failure to comply with the expenditure provisions of this
 2        subsection regarding contravention  or  supplanting,  the
 3        State  Superintendent  of Education shall, within 60 days
 4        of receipt of the report, notify  the  district  and  any
 5        affected local school council.  The district shall within
 6        45  days of receipt of that notification inform the State
 7        Superintendent of Education of the remedial or corrective
 8        action to be taken, whether  by amendment of the  current
 9        plan,  if  feasible, or by adjustment in the plan for the
10        following  year.   Failure  to  provide  the  expenditure
11        report or the  notification  of  remedial  or  corrective
12        action  in  a timely manner shall result in a withholding
13        of the affected funds.
14             The State Board of Education shall promulgate  rules
15        and  regulations  to  implement  the  provisions  of this
16        subsection.   No  funds  shall  be  released  under  this
17        subdivision (H)(4) to any district that has not submitted
18        a plan that has been  approved  by  the  State  Board  of
19        Education.
20    (I)  General State Aid for Newly Configured School Districts.
21        (1)  For  a  new  school  district  formed  by  combining
22    property   included  totally  within  2  or  more  previously
23    existing school districts, for its first  year  of  existence
24    the  general  State  aid  and  supplemental general State aid
25    calculated under this Section shall be computed for  the  new
26    district  and for the previously existing districts for which
27    property is totally included within the new district.  If the
28    computation on the basis of the previously existing districts
29    is greater, a supplementary payment equal to  the  difference
30    shall  be  made for the first 4 years of existence of the new
31    district.
32        (2)  For a school  district  which  annexes  all  of  the
33    territory  of  one or more entire other school districts, for
34    the  first  year  during  which  the  change  of   boundaries
                            -84-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    attributable  to  such  annexation  becomes effective for all
 2    purposes as determined under Section 7-9 or 7A-8, the general
 3    State aid and supplemental general State aid calculated under
 4    this Section shall be computed for the annexing  district  as
 5    constituted  after  the  annexation  and for the annexing and
 6    each annexed district as constituted prior to the annexation;
 7    and if the computation on  the  basis  of  the  annexing  and
 8    annexed  districts  as constituted prior to the annexation is
 9    greater, a supplementary  payment  equal  to  the  difference
10    shall  be  made  for  the  first  4 years of existence of the
11    annexing school district as constituted upon such annexation.
12        (3)  For 2 or more school districts which  annex  all  of
13    the  territory  of one or more entire other school districts,
14    and for 2 or more community unit districts which result  upon
15    the  division  (pursuant  to petition under Section 11A-2) of
16    one or more other unit school districts into 2 or more  parts
17    and  which  together include all of the parts into which such
18    other unit school district or districts are so  divided,  for
19    the   first  year  during  which  the  change  of  boundaries
20    attributable to such annexation or division becomes effective
21    for all purposes as determined under Section 7-9  or  11A-10,
22    as  the  case  may be, the general State aid and supplemental
23    general State aid calculated  under  this  Section  shall  be
24    computed   for   each   annexing  or  resulting  district  as
25    constituted after the annexation or  division  and  for  each
26    annexing  and  annexed  district,  or  for each resulting and
27    divided district, as constituted prior to the  annexation  or
28    division;  and  if the aggregate of the general State aid and
29    supplemental  general  State  aid  as  so  computed  for  the
30    annexing or resulting  districts  as  constituted  after  the
31    annexation  or  division  is  less  than the aggregate of the
32    general State aid and supplemental general State  aid  as  so
33    computed  for  the annexing and annexed districts, or for the
34    resulting and divided districts, as constituted prior to  the
                            -85-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    annexation or division, then a supplementary payment equal to
 2    the  difference  shall be made and allocated between or among
 3    the annexing or resulting districts, as constituted upon such
 4    annexation or division,  for  the  first  4  years  of  their
 5    existence.   The  total difference payment shall be allocated
 6    between or among the annexing or resulting districts  in  the
 7    same  ratio  as the pupil enrollment from that portion of the
 8    annexed or divided district or districts which is annexed  to
 9    or included in each such annexing or resulting district bears
10    to  the  total  pupil  enrollment  from the entire annexed or
11    divided district or districts, as such  pupil  enrollment  is
12    determined  for the school year last ending prior to the date
13    when the change of boundaries attributable to the  annexation
14    or  division  becomes effective for all purposes.  The amount
15    of the total difference payment and the amount thereof to  be
16    allocated  to  the  annexing  or resulting districts shall be
17    computed by the State Board of  Education  on  the  basis  of
18    pupil  enrollment  and other data which shall be certified to
19    the State Board of Education, on forms which it shall provide
20    for that purpose, by the regional superintendent  of  schools
21    for each educational service region in which the annexing and
22    annexed  districts,  or  resulting  and divided districts are
23    located.
24        (4)  Any supplementary payment made under this subsection
25    (I) shall be treated as separate from all other payments made
26    pursuant to this Section.
27    (J)  Supplementary Grants in Aid.
28        (1)  Notwithstanding  any  other   provisions   of   this
29    Section,  the  amount  of  the aggregate general State aid in
30    combination with supplemental general State  aid  under  this
31    Section  for  which  each school district is eligible for the
32    1998-1999 school year shall be no less than the amount of the
33    aggregate general State aid entitlement that was received  by
34    the  district under Section 18-8 for the 1997-98 school year,
                            -86-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    pursuant to the provisions of that Section as it was then  in
 2    effect.
 3        (2)  If,  as provided in paragraph (1) of this subsection
 4    (J), a school district is to receive aggregate general  State
 5    aid  in combination with supplemental general State aid under
 6    this Section for the 1998-99 school year, the school district
 7    shall also receive, from a separate  appropriation  made  for
 8    purposes of this subsection (J), a supplementary payment that
 9    is  equal  to  the  amount of the difference in the aggregate
10    State aid figures as described in paragraph (1).
11        (3)  If  the  amount   appropriated   for   supplementary
12    payments  to  school  districts  under this subsection (J) is
13    insufficient for that  purpose,  the  supplementary  payments
14    that  districts are to receive under this subsection shall be
15    prorated  according  to   the   aggregate   amount   of   the
16    appropriation made for purposes of this subsection.
17    (K)  Grants to Laboratory and Alternative Schools.
18        In  calculating  the  amount  to be paid to the governing
19    board of a  public  university  that  operates  a  laboratory
20    school  under  this Section or to any alternative school that
21    is operated by a regional superintendent, the State Board  of
22    Education  shall  require by rule such reporting requirements
23    as it deems necessary.
24        As used in this  Section,  "laboratory  school"  means  a
25    public  school  which  is  created  and  operated by a public
26    university and approved by the State Board of Education.  The
27    governing board of a public university which  receives  funds
28    from  the  State  Board  under  this  subsection  (K) may not
29    increase the number of students enrolled  in  its  laboratory
30    school  from  a  single district, if that district is already
31    sending 50 or more students, except under a mutual  agreement
32    between the school board of a student's district of residence
33    and  the  university which operates the laboratory school.  A
34    laboratory school may not  have  more  than  1,000  students,
                            -87-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    excluding  students  with disabilities in a special education
 2    program.
 3        As used in this Section,  "alternative  school"  means  a
 4    public  school  which  is  created and operated by a Regional
 5    Superintendent of Schools and approved by the State Board  of
 6    Education.  Such  alternative  schools  may  offer courses of
 7    instruction for which  credit  is  given  in  regular  school
 8    programs,  courses  to  prepare  students for the high school
 9    equivalency testing program or  vocational  and  occupational
10    training.
11        Each  laboratory  and  alternative  school shall file, on
12    forms provided by the State Superintendent of  Education,  an
13    annual  State  aid  claim  which  states  the  Average  Daily
14    Attendance  of  the  school's  students by month.  The best 3
15    months' Average Daily Attendance shall be computed  for  each
16    school.   The Average Daily Attendance figures utilized under
17    this subsection (K) shall be the  requisite  attendance  data
18    for the school year immediately preceding the school year for
19    which  the general State aid entitlement is being calculated.
20    The general  State  aid  entitlement  shall  be  computed  by
21    multiplying  the  applicable  Average Daily Attendance by the
22    Foundation Level as determined under this Section.
23    (L)  Payments,   Additional   Grants   in   Aid   and   Other
24    Requirements.
25        (1)  For a school district operating under the  financial
26    supervision  of  an  Authority created under Article 34A, the
27    general State aid otherwise payable to  that  district  under
28    this  Section,  but  not  the supplemental general State aid,
29    shall be reduced by an amount equal to  the  budget  for  the
30    operations  of the Authority as certified by the Authority to
31    the State Board of Education, and an  amount  equal  to  such
32    reduction  shall  be  paid  to the Authority created for such
33    district for its operating expenses in the manner provided in
34    Section 18-11.  The remainder of general State school aid for
                            -88-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    any such district shall be paid in  accordance  with  Article
 2    34A  when  that Article provides for a disposition other than
 3    that provided by this Article.
 4        (2)  Impaction.  Impaction  payments  shall  be  made  as
 5    provided for in Section 18-4.2.
 6        (3)  Summer school.  Summer school payments shall be made
 7    as provided in Section 18-4.3.
 8    (M)  General State Aid Adjustment Grant.
 9        (1)  Any   school   district   subject  to  property  tax
10    extension limitations as imposed under the provisions of  the
11    Property  Tax  Extension  Limitation Law shall be entitled to
12    receive, subject to the qualifications  and  requirements  of
13    this  subsection,  a  general  State  aid  adjustment  grant.
14    Eligibility  for  this grant shall be determined on an annual
15    basis and claims for grant payments shall be paid subject  to
16    appropriations   made   specific  to  this  subsection.   For
17    purposes of this subsection the following  terms  shall  have
18    the following meanings:
19        "Budget  Year":   The school year for which general State
20    aid is calculated and awarded under subsection (E).
21        "Current Year":  The school  year  immediately  preceding
22    the Budget Year.
23        "Base  Tax  Year":   The  property  tax levy year used to
24    calculate the Budget Year allocation of general State aid.
25        "Preceding  Tax  Year":   The  property  tax  levy   year
26    immediately preceding the Base Tax Year.
27        "Extension   Limitation   Ratio":   A   numerical  ratio,
28    certified by a school district's County Clerk, in  which  the
29    numerator  is  the  Base  Tax  Year's  tax  extension  amount
30    resulting  from the Operating Tax Rate and the denominator is
31    the Preceding Tax Year's tax extension amount resulting  from
32    the Operating Tax Rate.
33        "Operating  Tax  Rate": The operating tax rate as defined
34    in subsection (A).
                            -89-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1        (2)  To qualify for a general State aid adjustment grant,
 2    a school district must meet all of the following  eligibility
 3    criteria for each Budget Year for which a grant is claimed:
 4             (a)  The  Operating  Tax Rate of the school district
 5        in the Preceding Tax Year was at least 3.00% in the  case
 6        of  a  school  district  maintaining  grades kindergarten
 7        through 12, at least  2.30%  in  the  case  of  a  school
 8        district maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, or at
 9        least  1.20% in the case of a school district maintaining
10        grades 9 through 12.
11             (b)  The Operating Tax Rate of the  school  district
12        for  the  Base  Tax  Year was reduced by the Clerk of the
13        County as a result of the requirements  of  the  Property
14        Tax Extension Limitation Law.
15             (c)  The  Available Local Resources per pupil of the
16        school district as calculated pursuant to subsection  (D)
17        using the Base Tax Year are less than the product of 1.75
18        times the Foundation Level for the Budget Year.
19             (d)  The  school  district  has  filed  a proper and
20        timely claim for a general State aid adjustment grant  as
21        required under this subsection.
22        (3)  A  claim  for grant assistance under this subsection
23    shall be filed with the State Board of Education on or before
24    January 1 of the Current Year for  a  grant  for  the  Budget
25    Year.   The  claim  shall  be made on forms prescribed by the
26    State Board of Education and must be accompanied by a written
27    statement from the Clerk of the County, certifying:
28             (a)  That the school district has its extension  for
29        the Base Tax Year reduced as a result of the Property Tax
30        Extension Limitation Law.
31             (b)  That  the  Operating  Tax  Rate  of  the school
32        district for the Preceding Tax  Year  met  the  tax  rate
33        requirements of subdivision (M)(2) of this Section.
34             (c)  The  Extension Limitation Ratio as that term is
                            -90-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1        defined in this subsection.
 2        (4)  On or before August 1 of the Budget Year  the  State
 3    Board  of Education shall calculate, for all school districts
 4    meeting the other requirements of this subsection, the amount
 5    of the general State aid adjustment grant, if any,  that  the
 6    school  districts are eligible to receive in the Budget Year.
 7    The amount of the general State aid adjustment grant shall be
 8    calculated as follows:
 9             (a)  Determine the school district's  general  State
10        aid  grant  for the Budget Year as provided in accordance
11        with the provisions of subsection (E).
12             (b)  Determine the school district's adjusted  level
13        of  general  State aid by utilizing in the calculation of
14        Available Local Resources an equalized assessed valuation
15        that is the equalized assessed valuation of the Preceding
16        Tax Year multiplied by the Extension Limitation Ratio.
17             (c)  Subtract the sum derived  in  subparagraph  (a)
18        from  the sum derived in subparagraph (b).  If the result
19        is a positive number, that amount shall  be  the  general
20        State  aid adjustment grant that the district is eligible
21        to receive.
22        (5)  The State Board of Education shall  in  the  Current
23    Year,  based upon claims filed in the Current Year, recommend
24    to the General  Assembly  an  appropriation  amount  for  the
25    general  State aid adjustment grants to be made in the Budget
26    Year.
27        (6)  Claims for general State aid adjustment grants shall
28    be paid in a lump sum on or before January 1  of  the  Budget
29    Year  only  from  appropriations made by the General Assembly
30    expressly for claims under this subsection.  No  such  claims
31    may  be  paid from amounts appropriated for any other purpose
32    provided for under this  Section.   In  the  event  that  the
33    appropriation   for   claims   under   this   subsection   is
34    insufficient  to  meet  all  Budget Year claims for a general
                            -91-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    State aid adjustment grant, the appropriation available shall
 2    be proportionately prorated by the State Board  of  Education
 3    amongst all districts filing for and entitled to payments.
 4        (7)  The  State  Board  of Education shall promulgate the
 5    required claim forms and rules  necessary  to  implement  the
 6    provisions of this subsection.
 7    (N)  References.
 8        (1)  References in other laws to the various subdivisions
 9    of  Section  18-8  as  that  Section  existed  before  it was
10    repealed and replaced by this Section 18-8.05 shall be deemed
11    to refer to the  corresponding  provisions  of  this  Section
12    18-8.05,   to   the   extent  that  those  references  remain
13    applicable.
14        (2)  References in other laws to State  Chapter  1  funds
15    shall  be  deemed  to refer to the supplemental general State
16    aid provided under subsection (H) of this Section.
17        (105 ILCS 5/18-8.2) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-8.2)
18        Sec. 18-8.2.  Supplementary State aid  for  new  and  for
19    certain annexing districts.
20        (a)  After the formation of a new district, a computation
21    shall  be  made  to  determine  the  difference  between  the
22    salaries  effective  in  each  of  the  previously   existing
23    districts  on  June  30,  prior  to  the  creation of the new
24    district.  For the first 4 3 years after the formation of the
25    new district or if the new district was formed after  October
26    31,  1982  and prior to the effective date of this amendatory
27    Act of 1985, for  the  3  years  immediately  following  such
28    effective date, a supplementary State aid reimbursement shall
29    be  paid  to the new district equal to the difference between
30    the sum of the salaries earned by each  of  the  certificated
31    members  of  the  new  district  while employed in one of the
32    previously existing districts  during  the  year  immediately
33    preceding  the  formation  of the new district and the sum of
                            -92-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    the salaries those certificated members would have been  paid
 2    during the year immediately prior to the formation of the new
 3    district  if  placed on the salary schedule of the previously
 4    existing district with the highest salary schedule.
 5        (b)  After the territory of one or more school  districts
 6    is  annexed  by  one or more other school districts, or after
 7    the division (pursuant to petition under Section 11A-2) of  a
 8    unit  school district or districts into 2 or more parts which
 9    all are included in 2 or more other community unit  districts
10    resulting  upon that division, a computation shall be made to
11    determine the difference between the  salaries  effective  in
12    each  such annexed or divided district and in the annexing or
13    resulting district or districts as they each were constituted
14    on June 30 preceding the date when the change  of  boundaries
15    attributable  to such annexation or division became effective
16    for all purposes as determined under  Section  7-9,  7A-8  or
17    11A-10.  For the first 4 3 years after any such annexation or
18    division,  a  supplementary  State aid reimbursement shall be
19    paid to each annexing or resulting  district  as  constituted
20    after  the  annexation  or  division  equal to the difference
21    between the sum  of  the  salaries  earned  by  each  of  the
22    certificated  members  of such annexing or resulting district
23    as  constituted  after  the  annexation  or  division   while
24    employed  in an annexed or annexing district, or in a divided
25    or resulting district, during the year immediately  preceding
26    the annexation or division, and the sum of the salaries those
27    certificated   members  would  have  been  paid  during  such
28    immediately preceding year if placed on the  salary  schedule
29    of  whichever  of  such  annexing  or  annexed  districts, or
30    resulting  or  divided  districts,  had  the  highest  salary
31    schedule during such immediately preceding year.
32        (c)  Such supplementary State aid reimbursement shall  be
33    treated  as separate from all other payments made pursuant to
34    Section 18-8. In the case of the formation of a new district,
                            -93-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    reimbursement shall begin during the first year of  operation
 2    of  the new district; and in the case of an annexation of the
 3    territory of one or more school  districts  by  one  or  more
 4    other school districts, or the division (pursuant to petition
 5    under  Section  11A-2) of a unit school district or districts
 6    into 2 or more parts which all are  included  in  2  or  more
 7    other  community unit districts resulting upon that division,
 8    reimbursement shall begin during  the  first  year  when  the
 9    change  in  boundaries  attributable  to  such  annexation or
10    division becomes effective for  all  purposes  as  determined
11    pursuant  to Section 7-9, 7A-8 or 11A-10.  Each year any such
12    new, annexing or resulting district, as the case may  be,  is
13    entitled  to  receive  reimbursement,  the number of eligible
14    certified members who are employed on October 1 in  any  such
15    district  shall  be certified to the State Board of Education
16    on prescribed forms by October 15 and payment shall  be  made
17    on or before November 15 of that year.
18        (d)  If  a unit school district annexes all the territory
19    of another unit school district effective  for  all  purposes
20    pursuant  to  Section 7-9 on July 1, 1988, and if part of the
21    annexed territory is detached within 90 days  after  July  1,
22    1988,  then  the detachment shall be disregarded in computing
23    the supplementary State aid reimbursements under this Section
24    for the entire 3 year period and the supplementary State  aid
25    reimbursements   shall  not  be  diminished  because  of  the
26    detachment.
27        (e)  The changes made by this amendatory Act of 1989  are
28    intended  to  be retroactive and applicable to any annexation
29    taking effect after August 1, 1987.
30    (Source: P.A. 86-13; 86-1334.)
31        (105 ILCS 5/18-8.4) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-8.4)
32        Sec. 18-8.4.  Supplementary State aid for districts  with
33    an  increasing  weighted  average  daily  attendance.  School
                            -94-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    districts which are entitled to  a  supplementary  State  aid
 2    payment pursuant to subsection 1(m) of Part A of Section 18-8
 3    because  of  an  increase  in  their  weighted  average daily
 4    attendance as computed for the  first  calendar  month  of  a
 5    current  school  year  beginning  July  1, 1986 or thereafter
 6    shall file their claim for such supplementary  aid  on  forms
 7    prescribed  by the State Board of Education.  The State Board
 8    of Education shall establish by rule the time and  manner  of
 9    filing  such  claims  and  such  reporting requirements as it
10    deems necessary to determine and compute the  amount  of  the
11    supplementary  State  aid to be paid to districts pursuant to
12    subsection  1(m)  of  Part   A   of   Section   18-8.    Such
13    supplementary State aid payments shall be treated as separate
14    from  all other payments made pursuant to Section 18-8.  This
15    Section does not  apply  to  the  1998-1999  school  year  or
16    thereafter.
17    (Source: P.A. 84-1243.)
18        (105 ILCS 5/21-1a) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-1a)
19        Sec. 21-1a. Tests required for certification.
20        (a)  After  July  1,  1988,  in  addition  to  all  other
21    requirements,  early  childhood,  elementary,  special,  high
22    school,  school  service personnel, or, except as provided in
23    Section 34-6, administrative certificates shall be issued  to
24    persons who have satisfactorily passed a test of basic skills
25    and  subject matter knowledge.  The tests of basic skills and
26    subject matter knowledge shall be the tests which  from  time
27    to  time  are  designated  by the State Board of Education in
28    consultation with the State Teacher Certification  Board  and
29    may  be tests prepared by an educational testing organization
30    or  tests  designed  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  in
31    consultation with the State Teacher Certification Board.  The
32    areas to be covered by the test of basic skills shall include
33    the  basic  skills   of   reading,   writing,   grammar   and
                            -95-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    mathematics.   The  test  of  subject  matter knowledge shall
 2    assess content knowledge in the specific subject  field.  The
 3    tests shall be designed to be racially neutral to assure that
 4    no  person  in  taking  the  tests  is  thereby discriminated
 5    against on the basis of race, color, national origin or other
 6    factors unrelated to the person's ability  to  perform  as  a
 7    certificated  employee.  The score required to pass the tests
 8    of basic skills and subject matter knowledge shall  be  fixed
 9    by  the  State  Board  of  Education in consultation with the
10    State Teacher Certification Board.  The tests shall  be  held
11    not  fewer  than 3 times a year at such time and place as may
12    be designated by the State Board of Education in consultation
13    with the State Teacher Certification Board.
14        (b)  Except as provided in Section 34-6,  the  provisions
15    of  subsection (a) of this Section shall apply equally in any
16    school district subject to  Article  34,  provided  that  the
17    State  Board  of Education shall determine which certificates
18    issued under Sections 34-8.1 and 34-83 prior to July 1,  1988
19    are comparable to any early childhood certificate, elementary
20    school   certificate,   special   certificate,   high  school
21    certificate,  school   service   personnel   certificate   or
22    administrative  certificate  issued  under this Article as of
23    July 1, 1988.
24        (c)  A person who holds an early  childhood,  elementary,
25    special,  high school or school service personnel certificate
26    issued under this Article on or at any time  before  July  1,
27    1988,  including  a  person  who  has  been  issued  any such
28    certificate pursuant to Section 21-11.1 or in exchange for  a
29    comparable   certificate  theretofore  issued  under  Section
30    34-8.1 or Section 34-83, shall not be  required  to  take  or
31    pass  the  tests in order to thereafter have such certificate
32    renewed.
33        (d)  The State Board of Education  in  consultation  with
34    the  State  Teacher Certification Board shall conduct a pilot
                            -96-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    administration of the tests  by  administering  the  test  to
 2    students completing teacher education programs in the 1986-87
 3    school  year  for  the  purpose of determining the effect and
 4    impact of testing candidates for certification.
 5        (e)  The rules and regulations developed to implement the
 6    required test of basic skills and  subject  matter  knowledge
 7    shall  include  the requirements of subsections (a), (b), and
 8    (c) and shall include specific  regulations  to  govern  test
 9    selection;  test  validation  and  determination of a passing
10    score;   administration   of   the   tests;   frequency    of
11    administration;  applicant  fees;  frequency  of  applicants'
12    taking  the tests; the years for which a score is valid; and,
13    waiving certain additional tests for additional  certificates
14    to  individuals  who  have  satisfactorily passed the test of
15    basic skills and subject  matter  knowledge  as  required  in
16    subsection  (a).  The State Board of Education shall provide,
17    by rule, specific policies  that  assure  uniformity  in  the
18    difficulty  level  of  each form of the basic skills test and
19    each subject matter  knowledge  test  from  test-to-test  and
20    year-to-year.   The State Board of Education shall also set a
21    passing score for the tests.
22        (f)  The State Teacher Certification Board  may  issue  a
23    nonrenewable  temporary  certificate between July 1, 1988 and
24    August 31, 1988 to individuals who have taken  the  tests  of
25    basic  skills and subject matter knowledge prescribed by this
26    Section but have not received such test scores by August  31,
27    1988.   Such  temporary certificates shall expire on December
28    31, 1988.
29        (g)  Beginning  July   1,   1998,   the   State   Teacher
30    Certification  Board  shall  implement  and  administer a new
31    system of certification for teachers  and  administrators  in
32    the State of Illinois.  The State Teacher Certification Board
33    shall  design  and  implement  a system of examinations which
34    shall be required prior to the issuance of  Initial  Teaching
                            -97-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    Certificates   and  Standard  Teaching  Certificates.   These
 2    examinations shall be based on national professional teaching
 3    standards, such as the standards developed by the  Interstate
 4    New  Teacher  Assessment and Support Consortium, the National
 5    Board  for  Professional  Teaching  Standards,  the  National
 6    Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education,  and  similar
 7    organizations,   as   determined   by   the   State   Teacher
 8    Certification  Board.  The  State Teacher Certification Board
 9    may adopt any and all regulations necessary to implement  and
10    administer this Section.
11    (Source:  P.A.  86-361;  86-734;  86-1028;  86-1471; 86-1488;
12    87-242.)
13        (105 ILCS 5/21-2) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-2)
14        Sec. 21-2.  Grades of certificates.
15        (a)  Until July 1, 1998, all  certificates  issued  under
16    this  Article  shall  be  State certificates valid, except as
17    limited in Section 21-1,  in  every  school  district  coming
18    under the provisions of this Act and shall be limited in time
19    and    designated    as   follows:   Provisional   vocational
20    certificate, temporary  provisional  vocational  certificate,
21    early  childhood  certificate, elementary school certificate,
22    special certificate, high school certificate, school  service
23    personnel     certificate,     administrative    certificate,
24    provisional certificate,  and  substitute  certificate.   The
25    requirement  of  student  teaching  under close and competent
26    supervision for  obtaining  a  teaching  certificate  may  be
27    waived   by   the  State  Teacher  Certification  Board  upon
28    presentation to the Board by the teacher  of  evidence  of  5
29    years  successful  teaching experience on a valid certificate
30    and  graduation  from  a  recognized  institution  of  higher
31    learning with a bachelor's degree  with  not  less  than  120
32    semester  hours  and  a  minimum  of  16  semester  hours  in
33    professional education.
                            -98-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1        (b)  Initial  Teaching  Certificate.   Beginning  July 1,
 2    1998, persons who (1)  have  completed  an  approved  teacher
 3    preparation  program,  (2)  are  recommended  by  an approved
 4    teacher preparation program, (3) have successfully  completed
 5    the  Initial  Teaching Certification examinations required by
 6    the State Teacher Certification Board, and (4) have  met  all
 7    other   requirements   established   by   the  State  Teacher
 8    Certification Board, shall  be  issued  an  Initial  Teaching
 9    Certificate valid for 4 years.  Initial Teaching Certificates
10    shall   be   issued  for  the  following  categories:   Early
11    Childhood   Education,   Elementary   Education,    Secondary
12    Education,   and   Special   (including   Special  Education,
13    Bilingual, Music, Art, Physical Education,  Reading,  Foreign
14    Language,  and  other  areas  designated by the State Teacher
15    Certification Board).
16        (c)  Standard  Certificate.   Beginning  July  1,   1998,
17    persons  who  (1)  have completed 4 years of teaching with an
18    Initial Certificate,  (2)  have  successfully  completed  the
19    Standard  Teaching  Certificate  examinations required by the
20    State Teacher Certification Board, and (3) have met all other
21    criteria established by the State Teacher Certification Board
22    shall be issued a Standard Certificate  valid  for  5  years,
23    which  may  be  renewed  thereafter  every  5  years based on
24    compliance with requirements set forth by the  State  Teacher
25    Certification  Board.  Such requirements may include proof of
26    continuing education or professional development,  and  other
27    requirements.   Standard Certificates shall be issued for the
28    following categories:  Early Childhood Education,  Elementary
29    Education,   Secondary   Education,  and  Special  (including
30    Special Education, Bilingual, Music, Art, Physical Education,
31    Reading, Foreign Language, and other areas designated by  the
32    State Teacher Certification Board).
33        (d)  Master Certificate.  Beginning July 1, 1998, persons
34    who  have  successfully achieved National Board certification
                            -99-              LRB9007684THpkB
 1    through  the  National  Board   for   Professional   Teaching
 2    Standards  shall  be issued a Master Certificate, valid for 7
 3    years  and  renewable  thereafter  every  7   years   through
 4    compliance  with  requirements set forth by the State Teacher
 5    Certification Board.
 6    (Source: P.A. 88-92.)
 7        (105 ILCS 5/21-2.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-2.1)
 8        Sec. 21-2.1.  Early childhood certificate.
 9        (a)  An early childhood certificate shall be valid for  4
10    years  for  teaching children up to 6 years of age, exclusive
11    of children enrolled in kindergarten, in facilities  approved
12    by  the State Superintendent of Education.  Beginning July 1,
13    1988, such  certificate  shall  be  valid  for  4  years  for
14    Teaching  children  through grade 3 in facilities approved by
15    the  State  Superintendent  of  Education.   Subject  to  the
16    provisions of Section 21-1a, it shall be  issued  to  persons
17    who  have  graduated  from a recognized institution of higher
18    learning with a bachelor's degree and with not fewer than 120
19    semester hours  including  professional  education  or  human
20    development or, until July 1, 1992, to persons who have early
21    childhood  education  instruction  and  practical  experience
22    involving  supervised work with children under 6 years of age
23    or with children through  grade  3.  Such  persons  shall  be
24    recommended   for   the  early  childhood  certificate  by  a
25    recognized  institution  as  having  completed  an   approved
26    program of preparation which includes the requisite hours and
27    academic  and  professional  courses and practical experience
28    approved  by  the  State  Superintendent  of   Education   in
29    consultation with the State Teacher Certification Board.
30        (b)  Beginning  July  1, 1998, Initial and Standard Early
31    Childhood Education Certificates shall be issued  to  persons
32    who  meet  the  criteria  established  by  the  State Teacher
33    Certification Board.
                            -100-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    (Source: P.A. 85-1389.)
 2        (105 ILCS 5/21-2a) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-2a)
 3        Sec. 21-2a. Required curriculum for all  teachers.  After
 4    September  1, 1981 and until July 1, 1998, in addition to all
 5    other requirements, the successful completion of course  work
 6    which   includes   instruction   on  the  psychology  of  the
 7    exceptional child,  the  identification  of  the  exceptional
 8    child,  including,  but  not limited to the learning disabled
 9    and  methods  of  instruction  for  the  exceptional   child,
10    including,  but not limited to the learning disabled shall be
11    a prerequisite to a person receiving  any  of  the  following
12    certificates:;  early childhood, elementary, special and high
13    school.
14    (Source: P.A. 81-1082.)
15        (105 ILCS 5/21-3) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-3)
16        Sec. 21-3.  Elementary certificate.
17        (a)  An elementary school certificate shall be valid  for
18    4  years  for teaching in the kindergarten and lower 9 grades
19    of the common schools.  Subject to the provisions of  Section
20    21-1a,  it shall be issued to persons who have graduated from
21    a recognized institution of higher learning with a bachelor's
22    degree and with not fewer than 120 semester hours and with  a
23    minimum  of  16  semester  hours  in  professional education,
24    including  5  semester  hours  in  student   teaching   under
25    competent  and  close  supervision.  Such  persons  shall  be
26    recommended  for  the  elementary certificate by a recognized
27    institution  as  having  completed  an  approved  program  of
28    preparation which includes intensive preservice  training  in
29    the   humanities,   natural  sciences,  mathematics  and  the
30    academic and  professional  courses  approved  by  the  State
31    Superintendent  of  Education  in consultation with the State
32    Teacher Certification Board.
                            -101-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        (b)  Beginning  July  1,  1998,  Initial   and   Standard
 2    Elementary  Certificates  shall be issued to persons who meet
 3    all  of  the  criteria  established  by  the  State   Teacher
 4    Certification Board.
 5    (Source: P.A. 84-126.)
 6        (105 ILCS 5/21-4) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-4)
 7        Sec. 21-4.  Special certificate.
 8        (a)  A special certificate shall be valid for 4 years for
 9    teaching  the special subjects named therein in all grades of
10    the common schools. Subject  to  the  provisions  of  Section
11    21-1a,  it shall be issued to persons who have graduated from
12    a recognized institution of higher learning with a bachelor's
13    degree and with not fewer than 120 semester hours including a
14    minimum of 16 semester hours in professional education, 5  of
15    which  shall be in student teaching under competent and close
16    supervision. When the holder of such certificate has earned a
17    master's degree, including eight semester hours  of  graduate
18    professional  education  from  a  recognized  institution  of
19    higher  learning  and with two years' teaching experience, it
20    may be endorsed for supervision.
21        Such  persons  shall  be  recommended  for  the   special
22    certificate  by  a recognized institution as having completed
23    an approved program of preparation  which  includes  academic
24    and professional courses approved by the State Superintendent
25    of   Education   in   consultation  with  the  State  Teacher
26    Certification Board.
27        (b)  Beginning July 1, 1998, Initial and Standard Special
28    Certificates shall be issued  for  the  special  subjects  of
29    Special Education, Bilingual, Music, Art, Physical Education,
30    Reading,  Foreign Language, and other areas designated by the
31    State Board of Education, to persons  who  meet  all  of  the
32    criteria  established  by  the  State  Teacher  Certification
33    Board.
                            -102-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    (Source: P.A. 84-126.)
 2        (105 ILCS 5/21-5) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-5)
 3        Sec. 21-5.  High school certificate.
 4        (a)  A high school certificate shall be valid for 4 years
 5    for  teaching  in  grades  6  to  12  inclusive of the common
 6    schools. Subject to the provisions of Section 21-1a, it shall
 7    be issued to persons who have  graduated  from  a  recognized
 8    institution  of  higher learning with a bachelor's degree and
 9    with not fewer than 120 semester hours including 16  semester
10    hours  in  professional  education,  5  of  which shall be in
11    student teaching under competent and  close  supervision  and
12    with  one  or  more  teaching  fields.  Such persons shall be
13    recommended for the high school certificate by  a  recognized
14    institution  as  having  completed  an  approved  program  of
15    preparation  which  includes  the  academic  and professional
16    courses approved by the State Superintendent of Education  in
17    consultation with the State Teacher Certification Board.
18        (b)  Beginning   July   1,  1998,  Initial  and  Standard
19    Secondary Certificates shall be issued to  persons  who  meet
20    all   of  the  criteria  established  by  the  State  Teacher
21    Certification Board.
22    (Source: P.A. 84-126.)
23        (105 ILCS 5/21-5a) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-5a)
24        Sec. 21-5a.  Alternative math-science certification.  The
25    State Board of Education,  in  consultation  with  the  State
26    Teacher Certification Board, shall establish and implement an
27    alternative  certification  program  under  which persons who
28    qualify for admission to, and who successfully  complete  the
29    program  and  meet the additional requirements established by
30    this Section shall be issued an initial alternative  teaching
31    certificate  for teaching mathematics, science or mathematics
32    and science in grades 9 through 12 of the common schools.  In
                            -103-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    establishing an alternative certification program under  this
 2    Section,  the  State  Board  of  Education shall designate an
 3    appropriate area within the State where the program shall  be
 4    offered and made available to persons qualified for admission
 5    to  the  program.  In addition, the State Board of Education,
 6    in cooperation with one or more  recognized  institutions  of
 7    higher  learning,  shall  develop  a  comprehensive course of
 8    study that persons admitted to the program must  successfully
 9    complete in order to satisfy one criterion for issuance of an
10    initial  alternative  certificate  under  this  Section.  The
11    comprehensive  course of study so developed shall include one
12    semester of practice teaching.
13        An initial alternative teaching certificate, valid for  4
14    years  for  teaching  mathematics, science or mathematics and
15    science in grades 9 through 12  of  the  common  schools  and
16    renewable as provided in Section 21-14, shall be issued under
17    this  Section  21-5a  to persons who qualify for admission to
18    the alternative certification program and who at the time  of
19    applying  for  an  initial  alternative  teaching certificate
20    under this Section:
21             (1)  have  graduated  with  a  master's  degree   in
22        mathematics or any science discipline from an institution
23        of   higher  learning  whose  scholarship  standards  are
24        approved by the State Board of Education for purposes  of
25        the alternative certification program;
26             (2)  have  been employed for at least 10 years in an
27        area requiring knowledge  and  practical  application  of
28        their  academic  background  in  mathematics or a science
29        discipline;
30             (3)  have  successfully  completed  the  alternative
31        certification program and  the  course  of  comprehensive
32        study,  including  one  semester  of  practice  teaching,
33        developed  as  part  of  the  program as provided in this
34        Section and approved by the State Board of Education; and
                            -104-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1             (4)  have passed the examinations required  by  test
 2        of  basic skills and subject matter knowledge required by
 3        Section 21-1a.
 4        The   alternative   certification   program   shall    be
 5    implemented  at  the  commencement  of the 1992-1993 academic
 6    year.
 7        The State Board of Education shall establish criteria for
 8    admission to the alternative certification program and  shall
 9    adopt  rules  and  regulations  that are consistent with this
10    Section and that the State Board of Education deems necessary
11    to establish and implement the program.
12    (Source: P.A. 87-446.)
13        (105 ILCS 5/21-5b)
14        Sec. 21-5b.  Alternative certification.  The State  Board
15    of   Education,   in  consultation  with  the  State  Teacher
16    Certification  Board,  shall  establish  and   implement   an
17    alternative  certification  program  under  which persons who
18    meet  the  requirements  of  and  successfully  complete  the
19    program established  by  this  Section  shall  be  issued  an
20    alternative  teaching certificate for teaching in the schools
21    situated in a school district  that  is  located  in  a  city
22    having  a  population  in  excess of 500,000 inhabitants. The
23    program  shall  be  limited  to  not  more   than   260   new
24    participants  during each year that the program is in effect.
25    In establishing an alternative  certification  program  under
26    this  Section,  the  State Board of Education shall designate
27    the City of Chicago as  the  area  in  the  State  where  the
28    program shall be made available. In addition, the State Board
29    of Education, in cooperation with a partnership formed with a
30    university  that  offers  4-year  baccalaureate  and  masters
31    degree  programs  and  that  is  a  recognized institution as
32    defined in Section  21-21  and  one  or  more  not-for-profit
33    organizations  in  the  State  which  support  excellence  in
                            -105-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    teaching,  shall  within  30  days  after  submission  by the
 2    partnership approve  a  course  of  study  developed  by  the
 3    partnership  that  persons  in  the program must successfully
 4    complete in order to satisfy one criterion for issuance of an
 5    alternative certificate under this Section.  The  Alternative
 6    Teacher  Certification  program  course of study must include
 7    the current content and skills contained in the  university's
 8    current  courses  for  State  certification  which  have been
 9    approved by the State Board  of  Education,  in  consultation
10    with   the   State   Teacher   Certification  Board,  as  the
11    requirement for State teacher certification.
12        The alternative certification program  established  under
13    this  Section  shall  be  known  as  the  Alternative Teacher
14    Certification program.  The Alternative Teacher Certification
15    Program shall be offered by the  submitting  partnership  and
16    may be offered in conjunction with one or more not-for-profit
17    organizations  in  the  State  which  support  excellence  in
18    teaching.   The program shall be comprised of the following 3
19    phases: (a) the first phase is the course of study offered on
20    an  intensive  basis  in  education   theory,   instructional
21    methods,  and  practice teaching; (b) the second phase is the
22    person's assignment to a full-time teaching position for  one
23    school  year;  and  (c)  the  third  phase is a comprehensive
24    assessment of the person's  teaching  performance  by  school
25    officials    and   the   partnership   participants   and   a
26    recommendation by the partner institution of higher education
27    to the State Board of Education that the person be issued  an
28    initial   a   standard   alternative   teaching  certificate.
29    Successful   completion   of    the    Alternative    Teacher
30    Certification  program  shall  be deemed to satisfy any other
31    practice or student teaching and subject matter  requirements
32    established by law.
33        A provisional alternative teaching certificate, valid for
34    one year of teaching in the common schools and not renewable,
                            -106-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    shall  be  issued  under this Section 21-5b to persons who at
 2    the time of applying for the provisional alternative teaching
 3    certificate under this Section:
 4             (1)  have graduated from an  accredited  college  or
 5        university with a bachelor's degree;
 6             (2)  have  successfully completed the first phase of
 7        the Alternative Teacher Certification program as provided
 8        in this Section; and
 9             (3)  have passed  the  tests  of  basic  skills  and
10        subject matter knowledge required by Section 21-1a.
11        A person possessing a provisional alternative certificate
12    under  this Section shall be treated as a regularly certified
13    teacher for purposes of  compensation,  benefits,  and  other
14    terms  and  conditions of employment afforded teachers in the
15    school who are members of a bargaining unit represented by an
16    exclusive bargaining representative, if any.
17        An Initial A standard alternative  Teaching  Certificate,
18    valid  for  4 years for teaching in the schools situated in a
19    school district that is located in a city having a population
20    in excess of 500,000 inhabitants and renewable as provided in
21    Section 21-14, shall be issued under this  Section  21-5b  to
22    persons   who   first   complete  the  requirements  for  the
23    provisional alternative teaching certificate and who  at  the
24    time  of  applying  for  an  Initial  a  standard alternative
25    Teaching Certificate under  this  Section  have  successfully
26    completed  the  second  and  third  phases of the Alternative
27    Teacher Certification program as provided in this Section.
28        This   alternative   certification   program   shall   be
29    implemented  so  that  the  first   provisional   alternative
30    teaching certificates issued under this Section are effective
31    upon  the commencement of the 1997-1998 academic year and the
32    first  Initial  standard  alternative  Teaching  Certificates
33    issued under this Section are effective upon the commencement
34    of the 1998-1999 academic year.
                            -107-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        The State Board of Education,  in  cooperation  with  the
 2    partnership     establishing    the    Alternative    Teacher
 3    Certification program, shall adopt rules and regulations that
 4    are consistent with this Section and that the State Board  of
 5    Education  deems  necessary  to  establish  and implement the
 6    program.
 7    (Source: P.A. 89-708, eff. 2-14-97.)
 8        (105 ILCS 5/21-5c new)
 9        Sec. 21-5c.  Alternative route to teacher  certification.
10    The  State Board of Education, in consultation with the State
11    Teacher Certification Board, shall establish and implement an
12    alternative route  to  teacher  certification  program  under
13    which  persons  who meet the requirements of and successfully
14    complete the program established by  this  Section  shall  be
15    issued  a  standard  teaching  certificate  for  teaching  in
16    schools  in  this State.  The program shall be limited to not
17    more than 1,000 new participants during each  year  that  the
18    program  is  in  effect.   The  State  Board of Education, in
19    cooperation  with  one  or  more  partnerships  formed   with
20    universities  that  offer  4-year  baccalaureate  and masters
21    degree programs and  that  are  recognized  teacher  training
22    institutions  as  defined  in  Section  21-21 and one or more
23    not-for-profit  organizations  in  the  State  that   support
24    excellence in teaching, shall within 30 days after submission
25    by  a  partnership approve a course of study developed by the
26    partnership that persons in  the  program  must  successfully
27    complete  in order to satisfy one criterion for issuance of a
28    certificate under this Section.   The  Alternative  Route  to
29    Teacher  Certification  program  course of study must include
30    the current content and skills contained in the  university's
31    current  courses  for  State  certification  which  have been
32    approved by the State Board  of  Education,  in  consultation
33    with   the   State   Teacher   Certification  Board,  as  the
                            -108-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    requirement for State teacher certification.
 2        The program established under this Section shall be known
 3    as the Alternative Route to  Teacher  Certification  program.
 4    The  program  shall  be offered by the submitting partnership
 5    and  may  be  offered  in  conjunction  with  one   or   more
 6    not-for-profit organizations in the State.  The program shall
 7    be comprised of the following 3 phases: (a) a course of study
 8    offered   on   an   intensive   basis  in  education  theory,
 9    instructional  methods,  and  practice  teaching;   (b)   the
10    person's  assignment to a full-time teaching position for one
11    school year, including the designation of a mentor teacher to
12    advise and assist the person with that  teaching  assignment;
13    and  (c)  a comprehensive assessment of the person's teaching
14    performance  by  school   officials   and   the   partnership
15    participants  and a recommendation by the partner institution
16    of higher education to the State Board of Education that  the
17    person be issued a standard teaching certificate.  Successful
18    completion  of the Alternative Route to Teacher Certification
19    program shall be deemed to  satisfy  any  other  practice  or
20    student  teaching and subject matter requirements established
21    by law.
22        A provisional alternative teaching certificate, valid for
23    one year of teaching in the common schools and not renewable,
24    shall be issued under this Section 21-5c to  persons  who  at
25    the time of applying for the provisional alternative teaching
26    certificate under this Section:
27             (1)  have  graduated  from  an accredited college or
28        university with a bachelor's degree;
29             (2)  have been employed for a period of at  least  5
30        years   in   an   area   requiring   application  of  the
31        individual's education;
32             (3)  have successfully completed the first phase  of
33        the Alternative Teacher Certification program as provided
34        in this Section; and
                            -109-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1             (4)  have  passed  the  tests  of  basic  skills and
 2        subject matter knowledge required by Section 21-1a.
 3        An initial teaching certificate, valid  for  teaching  in
 4    the  common  schools  and  renewable  as  provided in Section
 5    21-14, shall be issued under Sections 21-3 or 21-5 to persons
 6    who first  complete  the  requirements  for  the  provisional
 7    alternative  teaching  certificate  and  who  at  the time of
 8    applying   for   a   standard   teaching   certificate   have
 9    successfully completed the second and  third  phases  of  the
10    Alternative   Route   to  Teacher  Certification  program  as
11    provided in this Section.
12        A person possessing a provisional alternative certificate
13    or an initial teaching certificate earned under this  Section
14    shall  be  treated  as  a  regularly  certified  teacher  for
15    purposes  of  compensation,  benefits,  and  other  terms and
16    conditions of employment afforded teachers in the school  who
17    are  members of a bargaining unit represented by an exclusive
18    bargaining representative, if any.
19        The  State  Board  of  Education  may  adopt  rules   and
20    regulations  that  are  consistent with this Section and that
21    the State Board deems necessary to  establish  and  implement
22    the program.
23        (105 ILCS 5/21-5d new)
24        Sec.   21-5d.    Alternative   route   to  administrative
25    certification.  The State Board of Education, in consultation
26    with the State Teacher Certification Board,  shall  establish
27    and   implement   an   alternative  route  to  administrative
28    certification  program  under  which  persons  who  meet  the
29    requirements  of  and  successfully  complete   the   program
30    established  by  this  Section  shall  be  issued  a standard
31    administrative certificate for serving as a superintendent in
32    schools in this State.  The State Board  of  Education  shall
33    approve  a  course  of study that persons in the program must
                            -110-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    successfully complete in order to satisfy one  criterion  for
 2    issuance   of   a   certificate   under  this  Section.   The
 3    Alternative Route  to  Administrative  Certification  program
 4    course  of  study must include the current content and skills
 5    contained in  the  university's  current  courses  for  State
 6    certification  which have been approved by the State Board of
 7    Education,   in   consultation   with   the   State   Teacher
 8    Certification Board, as the  requirement  for  administrative
 9    certification.
10        The program established under this Section shall be known
11    as  the  Alternative  Route  to  Administrative Certification
12    program.  The program shall be comprised of the  following  3
13    phases:  (a)  a course of study offered on an intensive basis
14    in  education  management,  governance,   organization,   and
15    planning; (b) the person's assignment to a full-time position
16    for   one   school  year  as  a  superintendent;  and  (c)  a
17    comprehensive  assessment  of  the  person's  performance  by
18    school officials and a recommendation to the State  Board  of
19    Education that the person be issued a standard administrative
20    certificate.   Successful completion of the Alternative Route
21    to Administrative Certification program shall  be  deemed  to
22    satisfy  any other supervisory, administrative, or management
23    experience requirements established by law.
24        A  provisional  alternative  administrative  certificate,
25    valid for one year of serving  as  a  superintendent  in  the
26    common  schools and not renewable, shall be issued under this
27    Section 21-5d to persons who at the time of applying for  the
28    provisional alternative administrative certificate under this
29    Section:
30             (1)  have  graduated  from  an accredited college or
31        university with a master's degree in a management field;
32             (2)  have been employed for a period of at  least  5
33        years in a management level position;
34             (3)  have  successfully completed the first phase of
                            -111-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        the Alternative  Route  to  Administrative  Certification
 2        program as provided in this Section; and
 3             (4)  have  passed  any  examination  required by the
 4        State Board of Education.
 5        A   standard   administrative    certificate    with    a
 6    superintendent  endorsement, renewable as provided in Section
 7    21-14, shall be issued under Section 21-7.1  to  persons  who
 8    first   complete   the   requirements   for  the  provisional
 9    alternative administrative certificate and who at the time of
10    applying for  a  standard  administrative   certificate  have
11    successfully  completed  the  second  and third phases of the
12    Alternative Route to Administrative Certification program  as
13    provided in this Section.
14        The   State  Board  of  Education  may  adopt  rules  and
15    regulations that are consistent with this  Section  and  that
16    the  State  Board  deems necessary to establish and implement
17    the program.
18        (105 ILCS 5/21-10) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-10)
19        Sec. 21-10. Provisional certificate.
20        (A)  Until July 1, 1972, the State Teacher  Certification
21    Board  may issue a provisional certificate valid for teaching
22    in elementary, high school or special subject fields  subject
23    to the following conditions:
24        A  provisional  certificate may be issued to a person who
25    presents certified evidence of  having  earned  a  bachelor's
26    degree from a recognized institution of higher learning.  The
27    academic  and  professional courses offered as a basis of the
28    provisional certificate shall  be  courses  approved  by  the
29    State  Board  of  Education  in  consultation  with the State
30    Teacher Certification Board.
31        A certificate earned under this plan may  be  renewed  at
32    the  end of each two-year period upon evidence filed with the
33    State Teacher Certification Board that the holder has  earned
                            -112-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    8  semester  hours  of credit within the period; provided the
 2    requirements for the certificate of the same type issued  for
 3    the teaching position for which the teacher is employed shall
 4    be  met  by  the  end of the second renewal period.  A second
 5    provisional certificate shall not be issued.  The credits  so
 6    earned  must  be  approved by the State Board of Education in
 7    consultation with the State Teacher Certification  Board  and
 8    must   meet  the  general  pattern  for  a  similar  type  of
 9    certificate issued on the basis of credit.  No  more  than  4
10    semester hours shall be chosen from elective subjects.
11        (B)  After  July 1, 1972, the State Teacher Certification
12    Board may issue a provisional certificate valid for  teaching
13    in  early  childhood,  elementary,  high  school  or  special
14    subject  fields,  or  for providing service as school service
15    personnel  or  for  administering  schools  subject  to   the
16    following conditions: A provisional certificate may be issued
17    to  a  person  who  meets  the  requirements  for  a  regular
18    teaching,   school   service   personnel   or  administrative
19    certificate in  another  State  and  who  presents  certified
20    evidence   of  having  earned  a  bachelor's  degree  from  a
21    recognized institution of higher learning.  The academic  and
22    professional  courses  offered  as a basis of the provisional
23    certificate shall be courses approved by the State  Board  of
24    Education    in   consultation   with   the   State   Teacher
25    Certification Board.  A certificate earned under this plan is
26    valid for a period of 2  years  and  shall  not  be  renewed;
27    however,  the  individual  to whom this certificate is issued
28    shall have passed or shall pass the  examinations  and  other
29    criteria  set  forth  by  the  State Board of Education basic
30    skills test and subject matter knowledge test or tests within
31    9  months  of  the  date  of  issuance  of  the   provisional
32    certificate.  Failure  to pass the tests, required in Section
33    21-1a, shall result in the cancellation  of  the  provisional
34    certificate.
                            -113-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        (C)  The State Teacher Certification Board may also issue
 2    a   provisional   vocational   certificate  and  a  temporary
 3    provisional vocational certificate.
 4             (1)  The requirements for a  provisional  vocational
 5        certificate  shall  be  determined  by the State Board of
 6        Education in consultation with the State  Teacher  Board;
 7        provided, the following minimum requirements are met: (a)
 8        after  July 1, 1972, at least 30 semester hours of credit
 9        from a recognized institution of higher learning; and (b)
10        after July 1, 1974, at least 60 semester hours of  credit
11        from a recognized institution of higher learning.
12             (2)  The  requirements  for  a temporary provisional
13        vocational certificate shall be determined by  the  State
14        Board of Education in consultation with the State Teacher
15        Certification  Board;  provided,  the  following  minimum
16        requirements  are  met:  (a) after July 1, 1973, at least
17        4,000 hours  of  work  experience  in  the  skill  to  be
18        certified  for  teaching;  and (b) after July 1, 1975, at
19        least 8,000 hours of work experience in the skill  to  be
20        certified for teaching.  Any certificate issued under the
21        provisions  of  this  paragraph  shall  expire on June 30
22        following the date of issue.  Renewals may be granted  on
23        a  yearly  basis,  but shall not be granted to any person
24        who does not file with the  State  Teacher  Certification
25        Board  a  transcript showing at least 3 semester hours of
26        credit earned during the previous year  in  a  recognized
27        institution  of  learning.   No such certificate shall be
28        issued except upon certification by the employing  board,
29        subject to the approval of the regional superintendent of
30        schools,  that  no  qualified  teacher  holding a regular
31        certificate or a provisional  vocational  certificate  is
32        available  and that actual circumstances and need require
33        such issuance.
34        The courses or work experience offered as a basis for the
                            -114-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    issuance of the provisional  vocational  certificate  or  the
 2    temporary   provisional   vocational   certificate  shall  be
 3    approved by the State Board of Education in consultation with
 4    the State Teacher Certification Board.
 5        (D)  Until July 1, 1972, the State Teacher  Certification
 6    Board   may   also   issue  a  provisional  foreign  language
 7    certificate valid  for  4  years  for  teaching  the  foreign
 8    language  named  therein  in all grades of the common schools
 9    and shall be issued to persons  who  have  graduated  from  a
10    recognized institution of higher learning with not fewer than
11    120   semester  hours  of  credit  and  who  have  met  other
12    requirements as determined by the State Board of Education in
13    consultation with the State Teacher Certification Board.   If
14    the  holder  of a provisional foreign language certificate is
15    not a citizen of the United States within 6 years of the date
16    of issuance of the  original  certificate,  such  certificate
17    shall  be suspended by the regional superintendent of schools
18    of the region in which the holder is  engaged  to  teach  and
19    shall  not be reinstated until the holder is a citizen of the
20    United States.
21        (E)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this   Act   to   the
22    contrary,  the  State Teacher Certification Board shall issue
23    part-time provisional certificates  to  eligible  individuals
24    who are professionals and craftsmen.
25        The  requirements  for  a  part-time provisional teachers
26    certificate  shall  be  determined  by  the  State  Board  of
27    Education   in   consultation   with   the   State    Teacher
28    Certification   Board,   provided   the   following   minimum
29    requirements  are  met:   60  semester hours of credit from a
30    recognized institution of higher learning or  4000  hours  of
31    work experience in the skill to be certified for teaching.
32        A  part-time  provisional  certificate  may be issued for
33    teaching no more than 2 courses of study for grades 6 through
34    12.
                            -115-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        A part-time provisional  teachers  certificate  shall  be
 2    valid  for  2  years  and may be renewed at the end of each 2
 3    year period.
 4    (Source: P.A. 88-204.)
 5        (105 ILCS 5/21-11.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-11.1)
 6        Sec.    21-11.1.      Certificates     for     equivalent
 7    qualifications. An applicant who holds or is eligible to hold
 8    a  teacher's certificate or license under the laws of another
 9    state or territory of the United  States  may  be  granted  a
10    corresponding   teacher's  certificate  in  Illinois  on  the
11    written authorization of the State Board of Education and the
12    State  Teacher  Certification  Board   upon   the   following
13    conditions:
14             (1)  That the applicant is at least 19 years of age,
15        is  of  good  character, good health and a citizen of the
16        United States; and
17             (2)  That the requirements for a  similar  teacher's
18        certificate in the particular state or territory were, at
19        the  date  of  issuance of the certificate, substantially
20        equal to the  requirements  in  force  at  the  time  the
21        application is made for the certificate in this State.
22        After  January  1,  1988,  in  addition to satisfying the
23    foregoing conditions and requirements,  an  applicant  for  a
24    corresponding  teaching certificate in Illinois also shall be
25    required to pass the examinations test of  basic  skills  and
26    subject  matter  knowledge  required  under the provisions of
27    Section 21-1a as directed by the State Board of Education.
28        In determining good character  under  this  Section,  any
29    felony   conviction  of  the  applicant  may  be  taken  into
30    consideration, but the conviction shall not operate as a  bar
31    to registration.
32        The  State  Board  of  Education in consultation with the
33    State Teacher Certification Board shall prescribe  rules  and
                            -116-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    regulations  establishing  the  similarity of certificates in
 2    other  states  and  the   standards   for   determining   the
 3    equivalence of requirements.
 4    (Source: P.A. 87-242.)
 5        (105 ILCS 5/21-11.3) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-11.3)
 6        Sec.  21-11.3.  Resident teacher certificate.  A resident
 7    teacher certificate shall be valid for 2 years for employment
 8    as a resident teacher in a public school.  It shall be issued
 9    only  to  persons  who  have  graduated  from  a   recognized
10    institution of higher education with a bachelor's degree, who
11    are  enrolled  in  a  program  of preparation approved by the
12    State Superintendent of Education in  consultation  with  the
13    State  Teacher  Certification  Board, and who have passed the
14    appropriate  tests  as  required  in  test  of  basic  skills
15    required by Section 21-1a and  as  determined  by  the  State
16    Board  of  Education.   A resident teacher certificate may be
17    issued for teaching children through grade 3  or  for  grades
18    K-9,  6-12,  or K-12 in a special subject area and may not be
19    renewed. A resident teacher may  teach  only  in  conjunction
20    with and under the direction of a certified teacher and shall
21    not teach in place of a certified teacher.
22    (Source: P.A. 87-222.)
23        (105 ILCS 5/21-11.4)
24        Sec. 21-11.4.  Illinois Teacher Corps.
25        (a)  The  General  Assembly finds and determines that (i)
26    it  is  important  to  encourage  the  entry   of   qualified
27    professionals  into  elementary  and  secondary teaching as a
28    second career; and (ii) there are a number of individuals who
29    have bachelors' degrees, experience in the work force, and an
30    interest in serving youth that creates a special talent  pool
31    with  great  potential  for  enriching  the lives of Illinois
32    children as teachers.  To provide this talent pool  with  the
                            -117-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    opportunity  to serve children as teachers, school districts,
 2    colleges, and universities are encouraged,  as  part  of  the
 3    public  policy  of  this  State,  to enter into collaborative
 4    programs  to  educate  and   induct   these   non-traditional
 5    candidates  into  the teaching profession.  To facilitate the
 6    certification  of  such  candidates,  the  State   Board   of
 7    Education,   in   consultation   with   the   State   Teacher
 8    Certification  Board,  shall  assist  institutions  of higher
 9    education and school districts with the implementation of the
10    Illinois Teacher Corps.
11        (b)  Individuals who wish to become  candidates  for  the
12    Illinois  Teacher  Corps program must earn a resident teacher
13    certificate as defined in Section 21-11.3, including:
14             (1)  graduation from  a  recognized  institution  of
15        higher  education with a bachelor's degree and at least a
16        3.00 out of a 4.00 grade point average;
17             (2)  a minimum of 5 years of professional experience
18        in the area the candidate wishes to teach;
19             (3)  passing the examinations required by the  State
20        Board  of  Education  test  of  basic  skills and subject
21        matter required by Section 21-1a;
22             (4)  enrollment in a  Masters  of  Education  Degree
23        program approved by the State Superintendent of Education
24        in  consultation  with  the  State  Teacher Certification
25        Board; and
26             (5)  completion of a 6 week summer intensive teacher
27        preparation course which is the first  component  of  the
28        Masters Degree program.
29        (c)  School  districts may hire an Illinois Teacher Corps
30    candidate  after  the  candidate  has  received  his  or  her
31    resident teacher certificate.  The school  district  has  the
32    responsibility  of  ensuring  that the candidates receive the
33    supports  necessary  to  become  qualified,   competent   and
34    productive  teachers.   To  be eligible to participate in the
                            -118-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    Illinois Teacher Corps program, school districts must provide
 2    a minimum of the following supports to the candidates:
 3             (1)  a salary and  benefits  package  as  negotiated
 4        through the teacher contracts;
 5             (2)  a  mentor  certified  teacher  who will provide
 6        guidance to  one  or  more  candidates  under  a  program
 7        developed  collaboratively  by  the  school  district and
 8        university;
 9             (3)  at least  quarterly  evaluations  performed  of
10        each  candidate  jointly  by  the  mentor teacher and the
11        principal of the school or the principal's designee; and
12             (4)  a written and signed document from  the  school
13        district  outlining  the  support the district intends to
14        provide to the candidates,  for  approval  by  the  State
15        Teacher Certification Board.
16        (d)  Illinois institutions of higher education shall work
17    collaboratively  with  school districts and the State Teacher
18    Certification Board to academically  prepare  the  candidates
19    for  the teaching profession.  To be eligible to participate,
20    the  College  or  School  of  Education  of  a  participating
21    Illinois institution  of  higher  education  must  develop  a
22    curriculum  that  provides, upon completion, a Masters Degree
23    in Education for the candidates.  The Masters Degree  program
24    must:
25             (1)  receive   approval   from   the  State  Teacher
26        Certification Board; and
27             (2)  take no longer than 3 summers  and  2  academic
28        years  to  complete,  and  balance  the  needs  and  time
29        constraints of the candidates.
30        (e)  Upon  successful  completion  of  the Masters Degree
31    program,  the  candidate    receives  an   Initial   Teaching
32    Certificate becomes a fully certified teacher in the State of
33    Illinois  and all other general education academic coursework
34    deficiencies are waived.
                            -119-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        (f)  If an individual wishes to become a candidate in the
 2    Illinois Teacher Corps program, but does not possess 5  years
 3    of  professional  experience,  the individual may qualify for
 4    the  program  by  participating  in  a  one  year  internship
 5    teacher preparation program with a school district.  The  one
 6    year  internship  shall  be  developed collaboratively by the
 7    school  district  and  the  Illinois  institution  of  higher
 8    education,  and  shall  be  approved  by  the  State  Teacher
 9    Certification Board.
10        (g)  The State Board of Education is authorized to  award
11    grants  to  school  districts that seek to prepare candidates
12    for the teaching profession who have bachelors'  degrees  and
13    professional work experience in subjects relevant to teaching
14    fields,  but who do not have formal preparation for teaching.
15    Grants may be made to school districts for up to  $3,000  per
16    candidate  when  the  school  district, in cooperation with a
17    public  or  private  university  and  the  school  district's
18    teacher  bargaining  unit,  develop  a  program  designed  to
19    prepare teachers  pursuant  to  the  Illinois  Teacher  Corps
20    program under this Section.
21    (Source: P.A. 88-204.)
22        (105 ILCS 5/21-14) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-14)
23        Sec. 21-14. Registration and renewal of certificates.)
24        (a)  A  limited  four-year  certificate  or a certificate
25    issued  after  July  1,  1955,  shall  be  renewable  at  its
26    expiration  or  within  60  days  thereafter  by  the  county
27    superintendent of schools having supervision and control over
28    the school where  the  teacher  is  teaching  upon  certified
29    evidence  of meeting the requirements for renewal as required
30    by this Act and prescribed by the State Board of Education in
31    consultation with the State Teacher Certification Board.   An
32    elementary  supervisory  certificate  shall not be renewed at
33    the  end  of  the  first  four-year  period  covered  by  the
                            -120-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    certificate unless the holder  thereof  has  filed  certified
 2    evidence  with  the State Teacher Certification Board that he
 3    has a master's degree or that he has earned 8 semester  hours
 4    of  credit  in  the  field  of educational administration and
 5    supervision in a recognized institution of  higher  learning.
 6    The  holder shall continue to earn 8 semester hours of credit
 7    each four-year period until such time  as  he  has  earned  a
 8    master's degree.
 9        All  certificates  not  renewed  or  registered as herein
10    provided shall lapse after a  period  of  4  years  from  the
11    expiration   of   the   last   year  of  registration.   Such
12    certificates may be reinstated for a  one  year  period  upon
13    payment   of   all   accumulated   registration  fees.   Such
14    reinstated certificates shall only be renewed: (1) by earning
15    5 semester hours of credit in  a  recognized  institution  of
16    higher  learning in the field of professional education or in
17    courses related to the holder's contractual teaching  duties;
18    or  (2)  by  presenting  evidence  of holding a valid regular
19    certificate of some  other  type.   Any  certificate  may  be
20    voluntarily   surrendered   by  the  certificate  holder.   A
21    voluntarily surrendered certificate shall  be  treated  as  a
22    revoked certificate.
23        The  provisions of this subsection (a) are subject to the
24    provisions of subsection (b).
25        (b)  Teaching   and   administrative   certificates   and
26    endorsements issued before July 1, 1998  that  expire  on  or
27    after  July  1,  2000  are  renewable  as  Standard  Teaching
28    Certificates    or    as   administrative   certificates   or
29    endorsements, as the  case  may  be,  for  additional  5-year
30    periods,   provided   that   the   teacher  or  administrator
31    successfully   completes   such   additional    requirements,
32    including   examinations,   continuing  education,  and  such
33    evidence  of  professional  growth  as  the   State   Teacher
34    Certification  Board  shall  by  rule  establish.  The  State
                            -121-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    Teacher  Certification Board may set additional standards and
 2    other criteria for renewal, which may include peer review and
 3    other  forms  of  evaluation.   Teaching  and  administrative
 4    certificates and endorsements issued before July 1, 1998 that
 5    expire before July 1, 2000 are renewable as Standard Teaching
 6    Certificates   or   as   administrative    certificates    or
 7    endorsements,  as  the  case  may  be,  for additional 5-year
 8    periods as provided in this subsection (b), except  that  the
 9    State Teacher Certification Board shall afford the holders of
10    those  certificates  and endorsements such additional time as
11    the Board determines is reasonably required to  enable  those
12    certificate   holders   to  satisfy  the  additional  renewal
13    requirements established  by  this  subsection  (b).  Initial
14    Teaching   Certificates   issued   under   this  Article  are
15    non-renewable, except that the  State  Teacher  Certification
16    Board may, in appropriate cases extend the term of an Initial
17    Teaching   Certificate   if   the  individual  to  whom  that
18    certificate is issued has not completed 4 years  of  teaching
19    under  that  certificate.  A  Standard  Teaching  Certificate
20    issued  to  replace an Initial Teaching Certificate which has
21    expired or an administrative certificate or endorsement  that
22    is  first  issued  on  or  after  July 1, 1998 and thereafter
23    expires is valid for 5 years  and  renewable  for  additional
24    5-year  periods,  provided  that the teacher or administrator
25    successfully   completes   such   additional    requirements,
26    including  examinations,  continuing  education,  evidence of
27    professional growth,  and  such  other  criteria  (which  may
28    include  peer  review  and  other forms of evaluation) as the
29    State Teacher Certification Board shall by rule establish.  A
30    Master Certificate is renewable for additional 7-year periods
31    subject to such renewal requirements  as  the  State  Teacher
32    Certification Board shall by rule establish.
33    (Source: P.A. 86-400.)
                            -122-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        (105 ILCS 5/24-11) (from Ch. 122, par. 24-11)
 2        Sec.  24-11.   Boards  of  Education  -  Boards of School
 3    Inspectors - Contractual continued service.  As used in  this
 4    and the succeeding Sections of this Article:,
 5        "Teacher"  means  any  or  all  school district employees
 6    regularly required to be certified under laws relating to the
 7    certification of teachers.,
 8        "Board" means board of directors, board of education,  or
 9    board of school inspectors, as the case may be., and
10        "School term" means that portion of the school year, July
11    1 to the following June 30, when school is in actual session.
12        This  Section  and  Sections  24-12 through 24-16 of this
13    Article apply only  to  school  districts  having  less  than
14    500,000 inhabitants.
15        Any  teacher  who  has been employed in any district as a
16    full-time teacher for a probationary period of 2  consecutive
17    school  terms  shall enter upon contractual continued service
18    unless given written notice of dismissal stating the specific
19    reason therefor, by certified mail, return receipt  requested
20    by  the employing board at least 45 60 days before the end of
21    such period; except that for a teacher who is first  employed
22    by a school district on or after July 1, 1998 and who has not
23    before  that  date already entered upon contractual continued
24    service in that district, the probationary period shall be  4
25    consecutive  school terms before the teacher shall enter upon
26    contractual  continued   service.    For   the   purpose   of
27    determining   contractual   continued   service,   the  first
28    probationary year shall be any full-time employment under  an
29    initial  or  standard teaching certificate from a date before
30    November 1 through the end of the school year.  If,  however,
31    a  teacher  has not had one school term of full-time teaching
32    experience before the beginning of such probationary  period,
33    the   employing   board   may   at  its  option  extend  such
34    probationary period for one additional school term by  giving
                            -123-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    the  teacher written notice by certified mail, return receipt
 2    requested at least 60 days  before  the  end  of  the  second
 3    school  term  of  the  period  of  2 consecutive school terms
 4    referred to above.  Such notice must state  the  reasons  for
 5    the  one  year  extension  and  must  outline  the corrective
 6    actions which  the  teacher  should  take  to  satisfactorily
 7    complete probation.
 8        Any full-time teacher who is completing the first year of
 9    the probationary period described in the preceding paragraph,
10    or  any  teacher employed on a full-time basis not later than
11    January 1 of the school term, shall  receive  written  notice
12    from  the  employing board at least 45 60 days before the end
13    of any school term whether or not he will be re-employed  for
14    the  following  school  term. If the board fails to give such
15    notice, the employee shall  be  deemed  reemployed,  and  not
16    later  than  the  close  of  the then current school term the
17    board shall issue a  regular  contract  to  the  employee  as
18    though the board had reemployed him in the usual manner.
19        Contractual  continued  service  shall continue in effect
20    the terms and provisions of the  contract  with  the  teacher
21    during  the  last  school  term  of  the probationary period,
22    subject to  this  Act  and  the  lawful  regulations  of  the
23    employing  board. This Section and succeeding Sections do not
24    modify any existing power of the board except with respect to
25    the procedure of the discharge of a teacher and reductions in
26    salary as hereinafter provided. Contractual continued service
27    status shall not restrict the power of the board to  transfer
28    a  teacher  to  a  position which the teacher is qualified to
29    fill  or  to  make  such  salary  adjustments  as  it   deems
30    desirable,  but  unless  reductions  in salary are uniform or
31    based upon some reasonable classification, any teacher  whose
32    salary is reduced shall be entitled to a notice and a hearing
33    as  hereinafter provided in the case of certain dismissals or
34    removals.
                            -124-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        The employment of any teacher in a program of  a  special
 2    education  joint agreement established under Section 3-15.14,
 3    10-22.31 or 10-22.31a shall  be  under  this  and  succeeding
 4    Sections  of  this  Article.   For  purposes of attaining and
 5    maintaining  contractual  continued  service  and   computing
 6    length  of  continuing service as referred to in this Section
 7    and Section 24-12, employment in a special educational  joint
 8    program  shall  be  deemed  a  continuation  of  all previous
 9    certificated  employment  of  such  teacher  for  such  joint
10    agreement whether the employer of the teacher was  the  joint
11    agreement,   the  regional  superintendent,  or  one  of  the
12    participating districts in the joint agreement.
13        Any teacher employed after July 1, 1987  as  a  full-time
14    teacher  in a program of a special education joint agreement,
15    whether the program is operated by the joint agreement  or  a
16    member  district  on  behalf  of  the  joint agreement, for a
17    probationary period of two consecutive years shall enter upon
18    contractual  continued  service  in  all  of   the   programs
19    conducted  by  such  joint  agreement  which  the  teacher is
20    legally qualified to hold; except that for a teacher  who  is
21    first  employed  on  or  after July 1, 1998 in a program of a
22    special education joint agreement and who has not before that
23    date already entered upon contractual  continued  service  in
24    all of the programs conducted by the joint agreement that the
25    teacher is legally qualified to hold, the probationary period
26    shall  be  4 consecutive years before the teacher enters upon
27    contractual continued service in all of those  programs.   In
28    the  event  of  a  reduction  in  the  number  of programs or
29    positions in the joint agreement, the teacher on  contractual
30    continued  service  shall  be  eligible for employment in the
31    joint agreement programs for which  the  teacher  is  legally
32    qualified in order of greater length of continuing service in
33    the   joint   agreement   unless  an  alternative  method  of
34    determining the sequence of dismissal  is  established  in  a
                            -125-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    collective   bargaining  agreement.   In  the  event  of  the
 2    dissolution of a joint agreement, the teacher on  contractual
 3    continued  service who is legally qualified shall be assigned
 4    to any comparable position in  a  member  district  currently
 5    held  by  a  teacher  who  has  not  entered upon contractual
 6    continued service or held by a teacher who has  entered  upon
 7    contractual   continued   service   with  shorter  length  of
 8    contractual continued service.
 9        The governing  board  of  the  joint  agreement,  or  the
10    administrative  district, if so authorized by the articles of
11    agreement of the joint agreement, rather than  the  board  of
12    education  of a school district, may carry out employment and
13    termination actions including dismissals under  this  Section
14    and Section 24-12.
15        For  purposes  of  this  and  succeeding Sections of this
16    Article, a program of a special educational  joint  agreement
17    shall be defined as instructional, consultative, supervisory,
18    administrative,  diagnostic,  and  related services which are
19    managed by the special educational joint  agreement  designed
20    to  service  two  or  more districts which are members of the
21    joint agreement.
22        Each  joint  agreement  shall  be  required  to  post  by
23    February 1, a list of all its employees in order of length of
24    continuing  service  in  the  joint  agreement,   unless   an
25    alternative  method of determining a sequence of dismissal is
26    established in an applicable collective bargaining agreement.
27        The employment of any  teacher  in  a  special  education
28    program  authorized by Section 14-1.01 through 14-14.01, or a
29    joint   educational   program   established   under   Section
30    10-22.31a, shall be under this and the succeeding Sections of
31    this  Article,  and  such  employment  shall  be   deemed   a
32    continuation  of  the  previous employment of such teacher in
33    any  of  the  participating  districts,  regardless  of   the
34    participation  of other districts in the program. Any teacher
                            -126-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    employed as  a  full-time  teacher  in  a  special  education
 2    program prior to September 23, 1987 in which 2 or more school
 3    districts   participate   for  a  probationary  period  of  2
 4    consecutive years  shall  enter  upon  contractual  continued
 5    service  in  each  of the participating districts, subject to
 6    this and the succeeding Sections of this Article, and in  the
 7    event of the termination of the program shall be eligible for
 8    any  vacant  position in any of such districts for which such
 9    teacher is qualified.
10    (Source: P.A. 85-1163; 85-1209; 85-1440.)
11        (105 ILCS 5/24-12) (from Ch. 122, par. 24-12)
12        Sec.  24-12.   Removal  or  dismissal  of   teachers   in
13    contractual  continued  service.  If a teacher in contractual
14    continued service is removed or dismissed as a  result  of  a
15    decision  of  the  board  to  decrease the number of teachers
16    employed by the board or to discontinue some particular  type
17    of  teaching  service,  written notice shall be mailed to the
18    teacher and also given the teacher either by certified  mail,
19    return receipt requested or personal delivery with receipt at
20    least  45 60 days before the end of the school term, together
21    with a  statement  of  honorable  dismissal  and  the  reason
22    therefor,  and in all such cases the board shall first remove
23    or dismiss all teachers who have not entered upon contractual
24    continued service before removing or dismissing  any  teacher
25    who has entered upon contractual continued service and who is
26    legally  qualified  to  hold  a  position currently held by a
27    teacher  who  has  not  entered  upon  contractual  continued
28    service.  As  between  teachers   who   have   entered   upon
29    contractual  continued  service, the teacher or teachers with
30    the shorter length of continuing service  with  the  district
31    shall  be  dismissed  first  unless  an alternative method of
32    determining the sequence of dismissal  is  established  in  a
33    collective bargaining agreement or contract between the board
                            -127-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    and  a  professional faculty members' organization and except
 2    that this provision shall not impair  the  operation  of  any
 3    affirmative  action  program  in  the district, regardless of
 4    whether it exists by operation of law or is  conducted  on  a
 5    voluntary  basis  by  the  board.  Any teacher dismissed as a
 6    result of such decrease or discontinuance shall be  paid  all
 7    earned  compensation  on  or  before  the  third business day
 8    following the last day of pupil  attendance  in  the  regular
 9    school  term.   If  the  board  has  any  vacancies  for  the
10    following  school  term  or within one calendar year from the
11    beginning of the following school term, the positions thereby
12    becoming available shall  be  tendered  to  the  teachers  so
13    removed  or dismissed so far as they are legally qualified to
14    hold such positions; provided, however, that if the number of
15    honorable  dismissal  notices  based  on  economic  necessity
16    exceeds 15% of the number of full time  equivalent  positions
17    filled  by  certified  employees  (excluding  principals  and
18    administrative  personnel)  during the preceding school year,
19    then if the board has any vacancies for the following  school
20    term  or  within  2  calendar years from the beginning of the
21    following school term, the positions  so  becoming  available
22    shall  be  tendered  to the teachers who were so notified and
23    removed or dismissed whenever they are legally  qualified  to
24    hold  such  positions. Each board shall, in consultation with
25    any exclusive employee representatives, each year establish a
26    list,  categorized  by  positions,  showing  the  length   of
27    continuing  service  of each teacher who is qualified to hold
28    any  such  positions,  unless  an   alternative   method   of
29    determining   a  sequence  of  dismissal  is  established  as
30    provided for in this Section, in which case a list  shall  be
31    made  in  accordance  with the alternative method.  Copies of
32    the list shall  be  distributed  to  the  exclusive  employee
33    representative   on  or  before  February  1  of  each  year.
34    Whenever the number of honorable dismissal notices based upon
                            -128-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    economic necessity exceeds 5, or 150% of the  average  number
 2    of  teachers  honorably  dismissed  in the preceding 3 years,
 3    whichever is more, then the board also shall  hold  a  public
 4    hearing  on  the  question  of the dismissals.  Following the
 5    hearing and board review  the  action  to  approve  any  such
 6    reduction shall require a majority vote of the board members.
 7        If  a dismissal or removal is sought for any other reason
 8    or cause, including those under Section  10-22.4,  the  board
 9    must  first approve a motion containing specific charges by a
10    majority vote of all its members.   Written  notice  of  such
11    charges shall be served upon the teacher within 5 days of the
12    adoption  of the motion.  Such notice shall contain a bill of
13    particulars.  No hearing upon the charges is required  unless
14    the teacher within 10 days after receiving notice requests in
15    writing  of  the  board that a hearing be scheduled, in which
16    case the board shall schedule  a  hearing  on  those  charges
17    before a disinterested hearing officer on a date no less than
18    15  nor  more than 30 days after the enactment of the motion.
19    The secretary of the school board shall forward a copy of the
20    notice to the State Board of Education.  Within 5 days  after
21    receiving   this  notice  of  hearing,  the  State  Board  of
22    Education shall provide a list of  5  prospective,  impartial
23    hearing officers.  Each person on the list must be accredited
24    by a national arbitration organization and have had a minimum
25    of  5  years  of  experience  directly  related  to labor and
26    employment relations matters  between  educational  employers
27    and  educational  employees  or  their  exclusive  bargaining
28    representatives.  No one on the list may be a resident of the
29    school  district.   The  Board and the teacher or their legal
30    representatives within 3 days shall  alternately  strike  one
31    name  from  the  list  until  only  one name remains.  Unless
32    waived by the teacher, the teacher shall have  the  right  to
33    proceed  first with the striking. Within 3 days of receipt of
34    the first list provided by the State Board of Education,  the
                            -129-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    board  and  the  teacher or their legal representatives shall
 2    each  have  the  right  to  reject  all  prospective  hearing
 3    officers named on the first list and  to  require  the  State
 4    Board of Education to provide a second list of 5 prospective,
 5    impartial  hearing  officers,  none of whom were named on the
 6    first list.  Within 5 days after receiving this request for a
 7    second list, the State Board of Education shall  provide  the
 8    second  list  of  5  prospective, impartial hearing officers.
 9    The procedure for selecting a hearing officer from the second
10    list shall be the same as the procedure for the  first  list.
11    In  the  alternative  to selecting a hearing officer from the
12    first or  second  list  received  from  the  State  Board  of
13    Education,   the   board  and  the  teacher  or  their  legal
14    representatives may mutually agree  to  select  an  impartial
15    hearing  officer who is not on a list received from the State
16    Board of  Education  either  by  direct  appointment  by  the
17    parties  or  by  using  procedures  for the appointment of an
18    arbitrator  established  by   the   Federal   Mediation   and
19    Conciliation Service or the American Arbitration Association.
20    The  parties  shall  notify  the  State Board of Education of
21    their intent to select a hearing officer using an alternative
22    procedure within 3 days of receipt of a list  of  prospective
23    hearing  officers  provided  by the State Board of Education.
24    Any person selected by the  parties  under  this  alternative
25    procedure for the selection of a hearing officer shall not be
26    a  resident  of  the  school district and shall have the same
27    qualifications and authority as a  hearing  officer  selected
28    from  a  list  provided  by the State Board of Education. The
29    State Board of Education shall promulgate  uniform  standards
30    and  rules  of procedure for such hearings.  As to prehearing
31    discovery, such rules and regulations shall,  at  a  minimum,
32    allow  for:  (1)  discovery of names and addresses of persons
33    who may be called as expert witnesses  at  the  hearing,  the
34    omission  of  any  such name to result in a preclusion of the
                            -130-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    testimony of such witness in the absence of a showing of good
 2    cause and the express permission of the hearing officer;  (2)
 3    bills  of  particulars;  (3) written interrogatories; and (4)
 4    production of relevant documents.  The per diem allowance for
 5    the hearing officer shall be determined and paid by the State
 6    Board of Education.  The hearing officer shall hold a hearing
 7    and render a final decision.   The teacher has the  privilege
 8    of   being  present  at  the  hearing  with  counsel  and  of
 9    cross-examining  witnesses  and  may   offer   evidence   and
10    witnesses  and  present defenses to the charges.  The hearing
11    officer  may  issue  subpoenas  and  subpoenas  duces   tecum
12    requiring  the attendance of witnesses and, at the request of
13    the teacher against whom a charge is made or the board, shall
14    issue such subpoenas, but the hearing officer may  limit  the
15    number of witnesses to be subpoenaed in behalf of the teacher
16    or  the  board  to  not  more  than  10. All testimony at the
17    hearing shall be taken under oath administered by the hearing
18    officer.  The hearing officer shall cause  a  record  of  the
19    proceedings  to be kept and shall employ a competent reporter
20    to take stenographic or stenotype notes of all the testimony.
21    The costs of the reporter's attendance and  services  at  the
22    hearing shall be paid by the State Board of Education. Either
23    party  desiring a transcript of the hearing shall pay for the
24    cost thereof.  If in the opinion of the board  the  interests
25    of  the  school require it, the board may suspend the teacher
26    pending the hearing, but if acquitted the teacher  shall  not
27    suffer the loss of any salary by reason of the suspension.
28        Before  setting a hearing on charges stemming from causes
29    that are considered remediable, a board must give the teacher
30    reasonable  warning  in  writing,  stating  specifically  the
31    causes which, if not removed, may result in charges; however,
32    no such written warning shall be required if the causes  have
33    been  the  subject  of a remediation plan pursuant to Article
34    24A.  The hearing officer shall consider and give  weight  to
                            -131-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    all  of the teacher's evaluations written pursuant to Article
 2    24A. The hearing officer  shall,  within  30  days  from  the
 3    conclusion of the hearing or closure of the record, whichever
 4    is  later,  make  a decision as to whether or not the teacher
 5    shall be dismissed and shall give a copy of the  decision  to
 6    both the teacher and the school board. If the hearing officer
 7    fails to render a decision within 30 days, the State Board of
 8    Education  shall  communicate  with  the  hearing  officer to
 9    determine the date that the parties can reasonably expect  to
10    receive  the  decision.   The  State Board of Education shall
11    provide copies of all such communications to the parties.  In
12    the event the hearing officer fails  without  good  cause  to
13    make  a  decision  within the 30 day period, the name of such
14    hearing officer shall be struck for a period of not more than
15    24 months from the master list of hearing officers maintained
16    by the State Board of Education. If a hearing  officer  fails
17    without good cause to render a decision within 3 months after
18    the  hearing  is concluded or the record is closed, whichever
19    is later, the State Board  of  Education  shall  provide  the
20    parties  with  a  new  list of prospective, impartial hearing
21    officers, with the same qualifications provided  herein,  one
22    of  whom  shall  be selected, as provided in this Section, to
23    review the record and render a  decision.   The  parties  may
24    mutually  agree  to  select a hearing officer pursuant to the
25    alternative procedure, as provided in this Section, to rehear
26    the charges heard by the hearing officer who failed to render
27    a decision. If the hearing officer fails without  good  cause
28    to  render  a  decision  within 3 months after the hearing is
29    concluded or the record is closed, whichever  is  later,  the
30    hearing  officer  shall  be  removed  from the master list of
31    hearing officers maintained by the State Board of  Education.
32    The  board shall not lose jurisdiction to discharge a teacher
33    if the hearing officer fails to render a decision within  the
34    time  specified in this Section. The decision of the  hearing
                            -132-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    officer is final unless reviewed as provided in Section 24-16
 2    of this Act.  In the event such  review  is  instituted,  any
 3    costs of preparing and filing the record of proceedings shall
 4    be paid by the board.
 5        If  a decision of the hearing officer is adjudicated upon
 6    review or appeal in favor of  the  teacher,  then  the  trial
 7    court  shall  order  reinstatement  and  shall  determine the
 8    amount for which  the  board  is  liable  including  but  not
 9    limited to loss of income and costs incurred therein.
10        Any   teacher   who  is  reinstated  by  any  hearing  or
11    adjudication brought under this Section shall be assigned  by
12    the  board  to  a  position  substantially similar to the one
13    which that teacher held prior to that teacher's suspension or
14    dismissal.
15        If, by reason of any change in the boundaries  of  school
16    districts,  or  by  reason  of  the  creation of a new school
17    district,  the  position  held  by  any  teacher   having   a
18    contractual  continued service status is transferred from one
19    board to the  control  of  a  new  or  different  board,  the
20    contractual  continued  service status of such teacher is not
21    thereby lost, and such new or different board is  subject  to
22    this  Act  with respect to such teacher in the same manner as
23    if such teacher were its employee and had been  its  employee
24    during  the  time  such  teacher was actually employed by the
25    board from whose control the position was transferred.
26    (Source: P.A. 89-618, eff. 8-9-96; 90-224, eff. 7-25-97.)
27        (105 ILCS 5/27-23.6 new)
28        Sec. 27-23.6.  Summer school bridge  program;  elementary
29    school promotion and retention policy.
30        (a)  This  Section  applies, beginning with the 1998-1999
31    school  year  and  thereafter,  to  all   school   districts,
32    including  school  districts  in  a  city having a population
33    exceeding 500,000.
                            -133-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        (b)  If the school board of a school district  elects  to
 2    conduct  a  summer  school bridge program as provided in this
 3    Section, pupils in the third, fifth, or eighth grade of  that
 4    district  who,  by  their performance on the State assessment
 5    tests administered to them under subsection  (a)  of  Section
 6    2-3.64  in  reading,  writing,  or  mathematics or by teacher
 7    judgment, demonstrate a proficiency level  in  any  of  those
 8    basic  subjects comparable to the average pupil performance 2
 9    or  more  grades  below  their  current  placement  shall  be
10    required to attend that program  and shall be subject to  the
11    promotion and retention policy established by this Section.
12        Notwithstanding   the   foregoing   provisions   of  this
13    subsection, the school board of a school district that elects
14    to conduct a summer school bridge program under this  Section
15    and  that  also  administers  the  Iowa  Test of Basic Skills
16    (hereafter in this Section referred  to  as  "ITBS")  to  its
17    third,  fifth,  or  eighth  grade  pupils  during the regular
18    school term may establish a  policy  under  which  pupils  in
19    those  grades  who,  when  the  ITBS  is administered to them
20    during the regular school term, fail to perform on either the
21    reading or the mathematics component of that test at or above
22    the minimum level established as satisfactory by  the  school
23    board,  are  required  to  attend  the  summer  school bridge
24    program and become subject to  the  promotion  and  retention
25    policy  established  by  this  Section.   In  such  a  school
26    district,  pupil  performance  on  the State assessment tests
27    administered in reading, writing, or mathematics shall not be
28    used to determine if pupils are required to attend the summer
29    school bridge program and become subject to the promotion and
30    retention policy established  by  this  Section,  unless  the
31    school   board   establishes   a  policy  under  which  pupil
32    performances on both the State assessment tests and the  ITBS
33    are to be used in making that determination.
34        In  addition,  if  the  school board of a school district
                            -134-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    elects to conduct a summer school bridge program  under  this
 2    Section,  the  third,  fifth,  or eighth grade pupils of that
 3    district who, on their final report card for the regular term
 4    of the school year, receive a failing final cumulative  grade
 5    in  either  reading  and  writing  or  mathematics  shall  be
 6    required to attend the summer school bridge program and shall
 7    be  subject to the promotion and retention policy established
 8    by this Section.
 9        (c)  Parents of third grade, fifth grade, or eighth grade
10    children who  are  receiving  a  failing  grade  in  reading,
11    writing,  or  mathematics  must be notified in writing at the
12    end of the fifth week of each of the school's first 3 grading
13    periods.   The method  of  delivery  of  these  notifications
14    shall be established by the school.
15        Parents  of  third  grade,  fifth  grade, or eighth grade
16    children who  are  receiving  a  failing  grade  in  reading,
17    writing, or mathematics must be notified by certified mail at
18    the end of the twentieth week of school.
19        For  each  school  in  which  any of grades 3, 5, or 8 is
20    maintained,  the  school  board  shall  establish  a   policy
21    requiring  a  parent or guardian of a child in that school to
22    come to school on designated dates during the school year  to
23    pick  up  the report card of the child for the grading period
24    just  ended.   The  policy  shall  provide  for   appropriate
25    notification  at  the  beginning  of  each school year to the
26    parent or guardian of each child attending that school of the
27    report card pick up dates for that school year. If the parent
28    of a third grade, fifth grade, or eighth grade child  who  is
29    failing  reading,  writing,  or  mathematics  does not attend
30    report card pick-up at the end of  the  next-to-last  grading
31    period  of  the  school  year  at  the  school that the child
32    attends, notification must be sent by certified mail.
33        Within 10 days after a school district in which a  summer
34    school  bridge  program is to be conducted under this Section
                            -135-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    receives  the  results  of  the  State  assessment  tests  in
 2    reading,  writing,  and  mathematics  that  are  administered
 3    during the regular  school  year  to  the  district's  third,
 4    fifth,  and  eighth  grade  pupils  under  subsection  (a) of
 5    Section 2-3.64, the parents of pupils in those grades who  by
 6    their  performance  on  those tests demonstrate a proficiency
 7    level comparable to the average pupil performance 2  or  more
 8    grades  below  their  current  placement  must be notified in
 9    writing whether, as a result of such performance, their child
10    will be required to attend the summer school bridge  program.
11    However,  if a school district has established a policy under
12    which the ITBS instead of the State assessment tests  are  to
13    be  used in determining if a child will be required to attend
14    the summer school  bridge  program,  the  written  notice  to
15    parents required by this paragraph must be provided within 10
16    days  after  the  district  receives  the results of the ITBS
17    administered during the regular school  year.   If  a  school
18    district   has   established   a  policy  under  which  pupil
19    performances on both the State assessment tests  in  reading,
20    writing,  and  mathematics  and  the  ITBS  are to be used in
21    determining if a child will be required to attend the  summer
22    school bridge program, a written notice to parents under this
23    paragraph  shall be given after each such test, within the 10
24    day period prescribed therefor.
25        (d)  The  content  of  a  summer  school  bridge  program
26    conducted under this Section  shall  include  instruction  in
27    reading,  writing,  and  mathematics  and  may  also  include
28    counseling,   including  counseling  in  the  development  of
29    testing skills. A summer school bridge program for third  and
30    fifth  grade students shall consist of not less than 90 hours
31    of  instruction,  with  not  less  than  45  hours  of   that
32    instruction  to  be  provided  in reading and writing and not
33    less than 45 hours of that  instruction  to  be  provided  in
34    mathematics.  A summer school bridge program for eighth grade
                            -136-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    students  shall  consist  of  not  less  than  140  hours  of
 2    instruction,  with not less than 70 hours of that instruction
 3    to be provided in reading and writing and not  less  than  70
 4    hours of that instruction to be provided in mathematics.
 5        (e)  In  a  school district that conducts a summer school
 6    bridge program under this Section, those  third,  fifth,  and
 7    eighth  grade  students  who successfully complete the summer
 8    school bridge program shall be promoted to  the  next  higher
 9    grade  level  at the end of summer.  Third, fifth, and eighth
10    grade students who do not successfully  complete  the  summer
11    school  bridge  program  shall  not  be promoted and shall be
12    retained for the ensuing school year in  the  same  grade  in
13    which  they  were  enrolled  at  the  end  of the immediately
14    preceding school year.
15        (f)  In a school district that conducts a  summer  school
16    bridge  program  under  this Section, criteria for successful
17    completion by a pupil of the  program and  for  promotion  of
18    the pupil to the next higher grade level are as follows:
19             (1)  Receipt  by the pupil of a passing grade on his
20        or her summer school bridge school program report card in
21        reading, writing, and mathematics; and
22             (2)  Unless otherwise provided in paragraph  (4)  of
23        this  subsection, receipt by the pupil of scores on State
24        assessment tests administered to  the  pupil  during  the
25        summer  school  bridge  program  in the basic subjects of
26        reading, writing, and mathematics that  are  superior  to
27        the  average  performance  on  those tests of pupils 2 or
28        more  grades  below  the   pupil's   current   placement.
29        However,  if  when  the  State  assessment tests in those
30        basic subjects are administered during the  regular  term
31        of  the  school  year  that immediately precedes a summer
32        school bridge program that a pupil is required to attend,
33        the pupil receives a score on one or more of those  basic
34        subject tests that is superior to the average performance
                            -137-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        on  that  test of pupils 2 or more grade levels below the
 2        pupil's  current  placement,  the  pupil  shall  not   be
 3        required,  as  a  condition  of  his  or  her  successful
 4        completion  of  the  summer  school  bridge  program  and
 5        promotion  to the next higher grade level, to receive any
 6        minimum or other prescribed score on the State assessment
 7        test in that same basic subject when that test  is  again
 8        administered to the pupil during the course of the summer
 9        school bridge program.
10             (3)  Unless  otherwise  provided in paragraph (4) of
11        this subsection, receipt by the pupil of scores  on  both
12        the  reading  and  mathematics  components  of  the  ITBS
13        administered to the pupil during the summer school bridge
14        program   that   are   at  or  above  the  minimum  level
15        established  as  satisfactory  by   the   school   board.
16        However,  if  when  those  components  of  the  ITBS  are
17        administered  during  the regular term of the school year
18        that immediately precedes a summer school bridge  program
19        that  a pupil is required to attend, the pupil receives a
20        score on either or both of those components that is at or
21        above the minimum level established  as  satisfactory  by
22        the  school  board, the pupil shall not be required, as a
23        condition of his or  her  successful  completion  of  the
24        summer  school  bridge  program and promotion to the next
25        higher grade level,  to  receive  any  minimum  or  other
26        prescribed score on the same test component or components
27        when  the  component or components are again administered
28        to the pupil during  the  course  of  the  summer  school
29        bridge program; and
30             (4)  If  a  school  district  has  not established a
31        policy for the use of pupil performance on the ITBS as  a
32        basis  for  determining  whether  pupils  are required to
33        attend a summer school bridge program and become  subject
34        to the promotion and retention policy established by this
                            -138-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        Section,   the   provisions  of  paragraph  (3)  of  this
 2        subsection shall not apply to those  pupils  nor  to  the
 3        summer  school bridge program and promotion and retention
 4        policy of  that  district.   If  a  school  district  has
 5        established  a policy for the use of pupil performance on
 6        the ITBS, in lieu  of  pupil  performance  on  the  State
 7        assessment tests in reading, writing, and mathematics, as
 8        the  basis for determining whether pupils are required to
 9        attend a summer school bridge program and become  subject
10        to the promotion and retention policy established by this
11        Section,   the   provisions  of  paragraph  (2)  of  this
12        subsection shall not apply to those  pupils  nor  to  the
13        summer  school bridge program and retention and promotion
14        policy of  that  district.   If  a  school  district  has
15        established  a  policy  under which pupil performances on
16        both the State assessment tests in reading, writing,  and
17        mathematics  and  the ITBS are to be used for determining
18        whether pupils are required to  attend  a  summer  school
19        bridge  program  and  become subject to the promotion and
20        retention  policy  established  by  this   Section,   the
21        provisions  of  paragraphs (3) and (4) of this subsection
22        shall both apply to those pupils and to the summer school
23        bridge program and retention and promotion policy of that
24        district.   The  provisions  of  paragraph  (1)  of  this
25        subsection shall apply to all pupils in the summer school
26        bridge program of each school district whose school board
27        has elected to conducted a summer school  bridge  program
28        under this Section.
29        (g)  In  a  school district that conducts a summer school
30    bridge program under this Section,  the  provisions  of  this
31    Section  requiring  participation  in  that  program  and the
32    criteria  for  successful  completion  of  the  program   and
33    promotion  to the next higher grade level shall also apply to
34    a pupil who is receiving special education  services,  except
                            -139-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    to  the  extent  that  the pupil's individualized educational
 2    program contains a modification to those criteria as  applied
 3    to that pupil.
 4        (h)  The  State  Board  of Education shall be responsible
 5    for developing and furnishing school districts with the State
 6    assessment tests in the basic subjects of  reading,  writing,
 7    and mathematics that are to be administered during the course
 8    of a summer school bridge program to pupils who are attending
 9    the program.
10        (i)  The  promotion  policy  established for third grade,
11    fifth grade, and eighth grade  students  under  this  Section
12    does not preclude retention of students in other grades.
13        (j)  In  a  school district that conducts a summer school
14    bridge program under this Section,  requests  for  exemptions
15    from   the   program   and  promotion  and  retention  policy
16    established by this Section for third grade, fifth grade, and
17    eighth grade students may be made by  the  principal  at  the
18    conclusion   of   the   regular   school  year,  taking  into
19    consideration a student's  past  academic  performance.   The
20    waiver  request  form  must be completed by the principal and
21    approved by the regional superintendent of schools or, in the
22    case of a summer school bridge program that may be  conducted
23    in  a school district in a city having a population exceeding
24    500,000, by the Region Education Officer.
25        At the conclusion of the summer school bridge program,  a
26    principal  may  request  an  exemption from the promotion and
27    retention policy for students who have  failed  to  meet  the
28    applicable  criteria for successful completion of the program
29    and promotion to the next  higher  grade  level.  The  waiver
30    request  form must be completed by the principal and approved
31    by the regional superintendent of schools or, in the case  of
32    a  summer  school  bridge  program that may be conducted in a
33    school district in  a  city  having  a  population  exceeding
34    500,000, by the Region Education Officer.
                            -140-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        A  decision  to  retain  a  student  may be appealed by a
 2    parent or guardian to the regional superintendent of  schools
 3    or,  in the case of any summer school bridge program that may
 4    be conducted  in  a  school  district  in  a  city  having  a
 5    population   exceeding   500,000,  by  the  Region  Education
 6    Officer.
 7        (k)  School districts  may  combine  students  in  summer
 8    school  bridge  programs  where appropriate and may cooperate
 9    with other districts in the  design  and  delivery  of  those
10    programs.
11        (105 ILCS 5/27A-2)
12        Sec. 27A-2. Legislative declaration.
13        (a)  The General Assembly finds and declares as follows:
14             (1)  Encouraging  educational  excellence  is in the
15        best interests of the people of this State.
16             (2)  There are  educators,  community  members,  and
17        parents in Illinois who can offer flexible and innovative
18        educational  techniques  and  programs,  but  who lack an
19        avenue through which to provide them  within  the  public
20        school system.
21             (3)  The   enactment   of   legislation  authorizing
22        charter schools to operate in Illinois will  promote  new
23        options  within the public school system and will provide
24        pupils, educators, community members,  and  parents  with
25        the stimulus to strive for educational excellence.
26        (b)  The General Assembly further finds and declares that
27    this Article is enacted for the following purposes:
28             (1)  To  improve  pupil learning by creating schools
29        with high, rigorous standards for pupil performance.
30             (2)  To  increase  learning  opportunities  for  all
31        pupils,  with  special  emphasis  on  expanded   learning
32        experiences for at-risk pupils, consistent, however, with
33        an  equal  commitment  to increase learning opportunities
                            -141-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        for all other groups of pupils in a manner that does  not
 2        discriminate  on  the  basis  of disability, race, creed,
 3        color,  gender,  national  origin,  religion,   ancestry,
 4        marital status, or need for special education services.
 5             (3)  To  encourage  the  use  of innovative teaching
 6        methods that may  be  different  in  some  respects  than
 7        others regularly used in the public school system.
 8             (4)  To  allow the development of new, different, or
 9        alternative innovative forms of measuring pupil  learning
10        and achievement.
11             (5)  To  create  new  professional opportunities for
12        teachers, including the opportunity to be responsible for
13        the learning program at the school site.
14             (6)  To provide parents  and  pupils  with  expanded
15        choices within the public school system.
16             (7)  To encourage parental and community involvement
17        with public schools.
18             (8)  To hold charter schools accountable for meeting
19        rigorous  school  content  standards and to provide those
20        schools with the opportunity to improve accountability.
21        (c)  In authorizing charter schools, it is the intent  of
22    the  General  Assembly  to  create  a  legitimate  avenue for
23    parents, teachers, and community members to take  responsible
24    risks  and  create new, innovative, and more flexible ways of
25    educating children within  the  public  school  system.   The
26    General  Assembly  seeks  to  create opportunities within the
27    public  school  system  of  Illinois   for   development   of
28    innovative   and   accountable  teaching  techniques.     The
29    provisions of this Article should be interpreted liberally to
30    support the findings and goals of this Section and to advance
31    a renewed commitment by the State of Illinois to the mission,
32    goals, and diversity of public education.
33    (Source: P.A. 89-450, eff. 4-10-96.)
                            -142-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        (105 ILCS 5/27A-7)
 2        Sec. 27A-7.  Charter submission.
 3        (a)  A proposal to establish a charter  school  shall  be
 4    submitted  to  the  State Board and the local school board in
 5    the form of a proposed  contract  entered  into  between  the
 6    local  school  board  and  the  governing  body of a proposed
 7    charter school.  The charter school proposal as submitted  to
 8    the State Board shall include:
 9             (1)  The  name of the proposed charter school, which
10        must include the words "Charter School".
11             (2)  The age or grade range, areas of focus, minimum
12        and maximum numbers of  pupils  to  be  enrolled  in  the
13        charter  school,  and  any  other admission criteria that
14        would be legal if used by a school district.
15             (3)  A description of and address for  the  physical
16        plant  in  which  the  charter  school  will  be located;
17        provided that nothing in the Article shall be  deemed  to
18        justify  delaying  or  withholding favorable action on or
19        approval  of  a  charter  school  proposal  because   the
20        building  or  buildings in which the charter school is to
21        be located have not been acquired or rented at the time a
22        charter school proposal is submitted  or  approved  or  a
23        charter  school contract is entered into or submitted for
24        certification or certified, so long as  the  proposal  or
25        submission identifies and names at least 2 sites that are
26        potentially available as a charter school facility by the
27        time the charter school is to open.
28             (4)  The  mission  statement  of the charter school,
29        which must be  consistent  with  the  General  Assembly's
30        declared  purposes; provided that nothing in this Article
31        shall be construed to require that, in order  to  receive
32        favorable  consideration  and  approval, a charter school
33        proposal  demonstrate  unequivocally  that  the   charter
34        school  will  be  able  to  meet  each  of those declared
                            -143-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        purposes, it being the intention of the  Charter  Schools
 2        Law  that  those  purposes  be  recognized  as goals that
 3        charter schools must aspire to attain.
 4             (5)  The goals, objectives,  and  pupil  performance
 5        standards to be achieved by the charter school.
 6             (6)  In  the  case  of  a  proposal  to  establish a
 7        charter school by converting an existing public school or
 8        attendance center to charter school status, evidence that
 9        the proposed formation of the charter school has received
10        the required approval of from  certified  teachers,  from
11        parents  and  guardians, and, if applicable, from a local
12        school council as provided in subsection (b)  of  Section
13        27A-8.
14             (7)  A   description   of   the   charter   school's
15        educational   program,   pupil   performance   standards,
16        curriculum,  school  year,  school  days,  and  hours  of
17        operation.
18             (8)  A  description of the charter school's plan for
19        evaluating pupil performance, the  types  of  assessments
20        that  will  be  used  to  measure  pupil progress towards
21        achievement of the school's pupil performance  standards,
22        the  timeline for achievement of those standards, and the
23        procedures for taking corrective action in the event that
24        pupil performance at the charter school falls below those
25        standards.
26             (9)  Evidence that  the  terms  of  the  charter  as
27        proposed  are  economically  sound  for  both the charter
28        school and the school district, a proposed budget for the
29        term of the charter, a description of the manner in which
30        an annual  audit  of  the  financial  and  administrative
31        operations  of the charter school, including any services
32        provided by the school district, are to be conducted, and
33        a plan for the  displacement  of  pupils,  teachers,  and
34        other employees who will not attend or be employed in the
                            -144-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        charter school.
 2             (10)  A  description of the governance and operation
 3        of the charter school, including the nature and extent of
 4        parental,   professional    educator,    and    community
 5        involvement  in  the  governance  and  operation  of  the
 6        charter school.
 7             (11)  An  explanation  of the relationship that will
 8        exist between  the  charter  school  and  its  employees,
 9        including  evidence  that  the  terms  and  conditions of
10        employment have been addressed  with  affected  employees
11        and  their recognized representative, if any.  However, a
12        bargaining unit of  charter  school  employees  shall  be
13        separate  and  distinct  from any bargaining units formed
14        from employees of a school district in which the  charter
15        school is located.
16             (12)  An  agreement  between  the  parties regarding
17        their respective legal liability and applicable insurance
18        coverage.
19             (13)  A description of how the charter school  plans
20        to  meet  the  transportation needs of its pupils,  and a
21        plan  for  addressing   the   transportation   needs   of
22        low-income and at-risk pupils.
23             (14)  The  proposed  effective  date and term of the
24        charter;  provided  that  the  first  day  of  the  first
25        academic year and the first day of the fiscal year  shall
26        be  no earlier than August 15 and no later than September
27        15 of  a  calendar  year  of  the  charter  school  shall
28        coincide  with the first day of the academic year and the
29        first  day  of  the  fiscal  year  of  the  local  school
30        district.
31             (15)  Any other information reasonably  required  by
32        the State Board of Education.
33        (b)  A  proposal  to  establish  a  charter school may be
34    initiated by individuals  or  organizations  that  will  have
                            -145-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    majority  representation  on  the board of directors or other
 2    governing body of the corporation  or  other  discrete  legal
 3    entity  that  is  to  be  established to operate the proposed
 4    charter school,  or  by  the  board  of  directors  or  other
 5    governing body of a discrete legal entity already existing or
 6    established  to  operate  the  proposed  charter school.  The
 7    individuals or organizations referred to in  this  subsection
 8    may  be  school teachers, school administrators, local school
 9    councils, colleges or universities or their faculty  members,
10    public  community  colleges  or  their  instructors  or other
11    representatives, corporations, or  other  entities  or  their
12    representatives.   The  proposal  shall  be  submitted to the
13    local school board for consideration and, if appropriate, for
14    development of a proposed contract to  be  submitted  to  the
15    State Board  for certification under Section 27A-6.
16        (c)  The  local  school board may not without the consent
17    of the governing body of the  charter  school  condition  its
18    approval  of  a  charter  school proposal on acceptance of an
19    agreement to operate under State  laws  and  regulations  and
20    local  school board policies from which the charter school is
21    otherwise exempted under this Article.
22    (Source: P.A. 89-450, eff. 4-10-96.)
23        (105 ILCS 5/27A-8)
24        Sec. 27A-8.  Evaluation of charter proposals.
25        (a)  In evaluating any charter school proposal  submitted
26    to  it,  the  local  school  board  shall  give preference to
27    proposals that:
28             (1)  demonstrate  a  high  level  of  local   pupil,
29        parental,   community,  business,  and  school  personnel
30        support;
31             (2)  set   rigorous   levels   of   expected   pupil
32        achievement and demonstrate feasible plans for  attaining
33        those levels of achievement; and
                            -146-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1             (3)  are  designed to enroll and serve a substantial
 2        proportion of at-risk children; provided that nothing  in
 3        the Charter Schools Law shall be construed as intended to
 4        limit  the establishment of charter schools to those that
 5        serve a substantial portion of at-risk children or to  in
 6        any   manner   restrict,   limit,   or   discourage   the
 7        establishment  of  charter  schools that enroll and serve
 8        other   pupil   populations   under    a    nonexclusive,
 9        nondiscriminatory admissions policy.
10        (b)  In  the  case  of  a proposal to establish a charter
11    school by converting an existing public school or  attendance
12    center  to  charter school status, evidence that the proposed
13    formation of the charter school has received majority support
14    from certified teachers and from parents and guardians in the
15    school or attendance center affected by the proposed charter,
16    and, if applicable, from a local  school  council,  shall  be
17    demonstrated  by  a petition in support of the charter school
18    signed by certified teachers and a petition in support of the
19    charter school  signed  by  parents  and  guardians  and,  if
20    applicable,  by  a vote of the local school council held at a
21    public meeting.  In  the  case  of  all  other  proposals  to
22    establish a charter school, evidence of sufficient support to
23    fill  the number of pupil seats set forth in the proposal may
24    shall be demonstrated by a petition in support of the charter
25    school signed by parents and guardians of  students  eligible
26    to  attend the charter school. In all cases, the individuals,
27    organizations, or  entities  who  initiate  the  proposal  to
28    establish  a  charter  school may elect, in lieu of including
29    any petition referred to in this subsection as a part of  the
30    proposal  submitted to the local school board, to demonstrate
31    that the charter school has received the support referred  to
32    in   this   subsection  by  other  evidence  and  information
33    presented at the public meeting that the local  school  board
34    is required to convene under this Section.
                            -147-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        (c)  Within  45  days  of  receipt  of  a  charter school
 2    proposal, the local  school  board  shall  convene  a  public
 3    meeting  to  obtain  information  to  assist the board in its
 4    decision to grant or deny the charter school proposal.
 5        (d)  Notice  of  the  public  meeting  required  by  this
 6    Section shall be published in a community newspaper published
 7    in the school district  in  which  the  proposed  charter  is
 8    located  and,  if  there  is  no  such  newspaper,  then in a
 9    newspaper published in the county and having  circulation  in
10    the school district.  The notices shall be published not more
11    than  10  days  nor  less  than 5 days before the meeting and
12    shall state  that  information  regarding  a  charter  school
13    proposal  will be heard at the meeting.  Copies of the notice
14    shall also be posted at appropriate locations in  the  school
15    or  attendance center proposed to be established as a charter
16    school, the public schools in the school  district,  and  the
17    local school board office.
18        (e)  Within  30  days  of  the  public meeting, the local
19    school board shall vote, in a public meeting, to either grant
20    or deny the charter school proposal.
21        (f)  Within 7 days of the public meeting  required  under
22    subsection  (e),  the  local school board shall file a report
23    with to the State Board granting or  denying  the  whether  a
24    proposal  has  been  granted  or  denied.  Within  14 days of
25    receipt of the local school board's report, the  State  Board
26    shall  determine  whether  the  approved  charter proposal is
27    consistent with the provisions of this Article  and,  if  the
28    approved  proposal complies, certify the proposal pursuant to
29    Section 27A-6.
30    (Source: P.A. 89-450, eff. 4-10-96.)
31        (105 ILCS 5/27A-9)
32        Sec. 27A-9. Term of charter; renewal.
33        (a)  A charter may be granted for a period not less  than
                            -148-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    3 and not more than 5 school years.  A charter may be renewed
 2    in incremental periods not to exceed 5 school years.
 3        (b)  A  charter  school renewal proposal submitted to the
 4    local school board shall contain:
 5             (1)  A report on the progress of the charter  school
 6        in  achieving  the  goals,  objectives, pupil performance
 7        standards, content standards,  and  other  terms  of  the
 8        initial approved charter proposal; and
 9             (2)  A  financial statement that discloses the costs
10        of  administration,  instruction,  and   other   spending
11        categories  for the charter school that is understandable
12        to the general public and that will allow  comparison  of
13        those   costs   to  other  schools  or  other  comparable
14        organizations, in a format required by the State Board.
15        (c)  A charter may be revoked or not renewed if the local
16    school board clearly demonstrates determines that the charter
17    school did any of  the  following,  or  otherwise  failed  to
18    comply with the requirements of this law for other good cause
19    shown:
20             (1)  Committed  a  material  violation of any of the
21        conditions, standards, or procedures  set  forth  in  the
22        charter.
23             (2)  Failed  to  meet  or  make  reasonable progress
24        toward achievement of  the  content  standards  or  pupil
25        performance standards identified in the charter.
26             (3)  Failed  to meet generally accepted standards of
27        fiscal management.
28             (4)  Violated any provision of law  from  which  the
29        charter school was not exempted.
30        (d)  (Blank).  In  addition, a charter may not be renewed
31    if the local school board determines that it is  not  in  the
32    interest of the pupils residing within the school district or
33    service area to continue the operation of the charter school.
34        (e)  Notice  of  a local school board's decision to deny,
                            -149-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    revoke or not to renew a charter shall  be  provided  to  the
 2    State  Board.  The  State  Board  may reverse a local board's
 3    decision if the State Board finds that the charter school  or
 4    charter  school  proposal  (i)  is  in  compliance  with this
 5    Article, and (ii) is in the best interests of the students it
 6    is designed to serve. Final  decisions  of  the  State  Board
 7    shall  be subject to judicial review under the Administrative
 8    Review Law.
 9        (f)  Notwithstanding other provisions of this Article, if
10    the State Board on appeal reverses a local board's  decision,
11    the State Board shall act as the authorized chartering entity
12    for  the  charter  school.  The State Board shall approve and
13    certify the charter and shall  perform  all  functions  under
14    this  Article  otherwise performed by the local school board.
15    The State Board shall report the aggregate number of  charter
16    school  pupils resident in a school district to that district
17    and shall notify the district of the amount of funding to  be
18    paid  by the State Board to the charter school enrolling such
19    students.   The  State  Board  shall  withhold   from   funds
20    otherwise  due  the  district  the  funds  authorized by this
21    Article to be paid to the charter school and shall  pay  such
22    amounts to the charter school.
23    (Source: P.A. 89-450, eff. 4-10-96.)
24        (105 ILCS 5/27A-11)
25        Sec. 27A-11.  Financing.
26        (a)  For  purposes of the School Code, pupils enrolled in
27    a charter school shall be included in the pupil enrollment of
28    the school district within which  the  pupil  resides.   Each
29    charter  school  (i)  shall  determine the school district in
30    which each pupil  who  is  enrolled  in  the  charter  school
31    resides, and (ii) shall report the aggregate number of pupils
32    resident of a school district who are enrolled in the charter
33    school  to  the school district in which those pupils reside,
                            -150-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    and (iii) shall maintain accurate records of daily attendance
 2    that shall be deemed sufficient to file claims under  Section
 3    18-8  notwithstanding  any other requirements of that Section
 4    regarding hours of instruction and teacher certification.
 5        (b)  As part of a charter school  contract,  the  charter
 6    school  and the local school board shall agree on funding and
 7    any services to be provided by the  school  district  to  the
 8    charter  school.  Agreed  funding that a charter school is to
 9    receive from the local school board for a school  year  shall
10    be  paid  in equal quarterly installments with the payment of
11    the installment for the first quarter being  made  not  later
12    than  July  1,  unless  the  charter  establishes a different
13    payment schedule.
14        All services  centrally  or  otherwise  provided  by  the
15    school district including, but not limited to, food services,
16    custodial  services, maintenance, curriculum, media services,
17    libraries, transportation, and warehousing shall  be  subject
18    to  negotiation between a charter school and the local school
19    board and paid for out of the revenues negotiated pursuant to
20    this subsection (b); provided that  the  local  school  board
21    shall not attempt, by negotiation or otherwise, to obligate a
22    charter school to provide pupil transportation for pupils for
23    whom  a  district  is  not required to provide transportation
24    under the criteria set forth in subsection (a)(13) of Section
25    27A-7.
26        In no event shall the funding be less  than  75%  95%  or
27    more  than  125%  105%  of  the  school district's per capita
28    student tuition multiplied by the number of students residing
29    in the district who are enrolled in the charter school.
30        It is the intent of the General Assembly that funding and
31    service agreements under this subsection (b) shall be neither
32    a financial incentive nor a  financial  disincentive  to  the
33    establishment of a charter school.
34        Fees collected from students enrolled at a charter school
                            -151-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    shall be retained by the charter school.
 2        (c)  Notwithstanding  subsection (b) of this Section, the
 3    proportionate share of State and federal resources  generated
 4    by  students with disabilities or staff serving them shall be
 5    directed to charter schools enrolling those students by their
 6    school districts or administrative units.  The  proportionate
 7    share  of  moneys  generated  under  other  federal  or State
 8    categorical aid programs shall be directed to charter schools
 9    serving students eligible for that aid.
10        (d)(1)  The  governing  body  of  a  charter  school   is
11    authorized  to accept gifts, donations, or grants of any kind
12    made to the charter  school  and  to  expend  or  use  gifts,
13    donations,  or  grants  in  accordance  with  the  conditions
14    prescribed  by the donor; however, a gift, donation, or grant
15    may not be accepted by the governing body if it is subject to
16    any condition contrary to applicable law or contrary  to  the
17    terms  of  the  contract  between  the charter school and the
18    local school board.  Charter schools shall be  encouraged  to
19    solicit  and  utilize  community volunteer speakers and other
20    instructional resources when  providing  instruction  on  the
21    Holocaust and other historical events.
22        (2)  From  amounts  appropriated  to  the State Board for
23    purposes of this subsection (d)(2), the State Board may  make
24    loans to charter schools established under this Article to be
25    used  by  those  schools  to  defer  their  start-up costs of
26    acquiring  textbooks  and  laboratory  and  other   equipment
27    required for student instruction. Any such loan shall be made
28    to  a  charter  school  at  the  inception of the term of its
29    charter, under terms established  by  the  State  Board,  and
30    shall  be  repaid  by the charter school over the term of its
31    charter.
32        (e)  No later than January 1, 1997, the State Board shall
33    issue a report to  the  General  Assembly  and  the  Governor
34    describing  the charter schools certified under this Article,
                            -152-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    their geographic locations, their areas  of  focus,  and  the
 2    numbers of school children served by them.
 3        (f)  The  State  Board shall provide technical assistance
 4    to  persons  and  groups  preparing   or   revising   charter
 5    applications.
 6        (g)  At  the  non-renewal  or  revocation of its charter,
 7    each charter school  shall  refund  to  the  local  board  of
 8    education all unspent funds.
 9        (h)  A  charter  school is authorized to incur temporary,
10    short term debt to pay operating expenses in anticipation  of
11    receipt of funds from the local school board.
12    (Source: P.A. 89-450, eff. 4-10-96.)
13        (105 ILCS 5/29-5) (from Ch. 122, par. 29-5)
14        Sec.  29-5.   Reimbursement  by State for transportation.
15    Any  school  district,  maintaining  a  school,  transporting
16    resident  pupils  to  another  school  district's  vocational
17    program, offered through a joint agreement  approved  by  the
18    State  Board of Education, as provided in Section 10-22.22 or
19    transporting its resident pupils to a school which meets  the
20    standards  for  recognition as established by the State Board
21    of  Education  which  provides  transportation  meeting   the
22    standards  of  safety,  comfort,  convenience, efficiency and
23    operation prescribed by the  State  Board  of  Education  for
24    resident pupils in kindergarten or any of grades 1 through 12
25    who:  (a)  reside  at  least  1  1/2 miles as measured by the
26    customary route of travel, from the school attended;  or  (b)
27    reside  in  areas  where  conditions  are  such  that walking
28    constitutes  a  hazard  to  the  safety  of  the  child  when
29    determined under Section 29-3; and (c) are transported to the
30    school attended from pick-up points at the beginning  of  the
31    school  day  and back again at the close of the school day or
32    transported to and from  their  assigned  attendance  centers
33    during  the  school  day, shall be reimbursed by the State as
                            -153-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    hereinafter provided in this Section.
 2        The State will pay  the  cost  of  transporting  eligible
 3    pupils  less the assessed valuation in a dual school district
 4    maintaining secondary  grades  9  to  12  inclusive  times  a
 5    qualifying  rate  of  .05%;  in  elementary  school districts
 6    maintaining grades K to 8 times a qualifying rate of .06%; in
 7    unit districts maintaining grades K to 12 times a  qualifying
 8    rate  of  .07%.  To  be  eligible to receive reimbursement in
 9    excess of 4/5 of the cost to  transport  eligible  pupils,  a
10    school  district shall have a Transportation Fund tax rate of
11    at least .12%.  If a school district does  not  have  a  .12%
12    Transportation  Fund  tax  rate,  the  amount of its claim in
13    excess of 4/5 of the cost of  transporting  pupils  shall  be
14    reduced   by   the   sum   arrived   at  by  subtracting  the
15    Transportation Fund tax rate from .12% and  multiplying  that
16    amount  by  the  districts  equalized  or assessed valuation,
17    provided, that in no case  shall  said  reduction  result  in
18    reimbursement  of  less  than  4/5  of  the cost to transport
19    eligible pupils.
20        The minimum amount to be received by a  district  is  $16
21    times the number of eligible pupils transported.
22        Any such district transporting resident pupils during the
23    school  day  to  an  area vocational school or another school
24    district's vocational program more than 1 1/2 miles from  the
25    school  attended,  as  provided  in  Sections  10-22.20a  and
26    10-22.22,  shall  be  reimbursed  by the State for 4/5 of the
27    cost of transporting eligible pupils.
28        School day means that period of time which the  pupil  is
29    required to be in attendance for instructional purposes.
30        If  a  pupil  is at a location within the school district
31    other than his residence for child care purposes at the  time
32    for transportation to school, that location may be considered
33    for  purposes  of determining the 1 1/2 miles from the school
34    attended.
                            -154-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        Claims for reimbursement that include children who attend
 2    any school other than a public school shall show  the  number
 3    of such children transported.
 4        Claims  for reimbursement under this Section shall not be
 5    paid for the transportation of pupils for whom transportation
 6    costs are claimed for payment under other  Sections  of  this
 7    Act.
 8        The  allowable  direct  cost  of  transporting pupils for
 9    regular,   vocational,   and    special    education    pupil
10    transportation  shall  be  limited  to the sum of the cost of
11    physical examinations required for employment as a school bus
12    driver; the salaries of full or part-time drivers and  school
13    bus   maintenance   personnel;  employee  benefits  excluding
14    Illinois  municipal  retirement  payments,  social   security
15    payments,   unemployment   insurance  payments  and  workers'
16    compensation insurance premiums; expenditures to  independent
17    carriers  who  operate school buses; payments to other school
18    districts for  pupil  transportation  services;  pre-approved
19    contractual expenditures for computerized bus scheduling; the
20    cost  of  gasoline,  oil, tires, and other supplies necessary
21    for the operation of school buses;  the  cost  of  converting
22    buses'  gasoline engines to more fuel efficient engines or to
23    engines which use alternative energy  sources;  the  cost  of
24    travel  to  meetings  and workshops conducted by the regional
25    superintendent  or  the  State  Superintendent  of  Education
26    pursuant to the standards established  by  the  Secretary  of
27    State  under  Section  6-106  of the Illinois Vehicle Code to
28    improve the driving skills of school bus drivers; the cost of
29    maintenance of school buses  including  parts  and  materials
30    used;   expenditures  for  leasing  transportation  vehicles,
31    except interest and service charges; the  cost  of  insurance
32    and  licenses  for  transportation vehicles; expenditures for
33    the rental of transportation equipment; plus  a  depreciation
34    allowance  of  20%  for 5 years for school buses and vehicles
                            -155-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    approved for transporting pupils to and  from  school  and  a
 2    depreciation   allowance  of  10%  for  10  years  for  other
 3    transportation equipment so used. In addition  to  the  above
 4    allowable   costs  school  districts  shall  also  claim  all
 5    transportation supervisory salary costs,  including  Illinois
 6    municipal retirement payments, and all transportation related
 7    building and building maintenance costs without limitation.
 8        Special  education  allowable  costs  shall  also include
 9    expenditures for the salaries of attendants or aides for that
10    portion of the time  they  assist  special  education  pupils
11    while  in  transit  and  expenditures  for parents and public
12    carriers  for  transporting  special  education  pupils  when
13    pre-approved by the State Superintendent of Education.
14        Indirect costs shall be  included  in  the  reimbursement
15    claim  for  districts  which own and operate their own school
16    buses.  Such  indirect  costs  shall  include  administrative
17    costs,  or any costs attributable to transporting pupils from
18    their attendance  centers  to  another  school  building  for
19    instructional  purposes.   No  school district which owns and
20    operates its own school buses  may  claim  reimbursement  for
21    indirect  costs which exceed 5% of the total allowable direct
22    costs for pupil transportation.
23        The State Board  of  Education  shall  prescribe  uniform
24    regulations  for  determining  the  above standards and shall
25    prescribe  forms  of  cost  accounting   and   standards   of
26    determining  reasonable depreciation. Such depreciation shall
27    include the cost of equipping school buses  with  the  safety
28    features  required  by  law  or by the rules, regulations and
29    standards promulgated by the State Board  of  Education,  and
30    the   Department   of   Transportation  for  the  safety  and
31    construction of school buses provided, however, any equipment
32    cost reimbursed  by  the  Department  of  Transportation  for
33    equipping  school  buses  with such safety equipment shall be
34    deducted from  the  allowable  cost  in  the  computation  of
                            -156-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    reimbursement  under  this  Section in the same percentage as
 2    the cost of the equipment is depreciated.
 3        On or before July 10, annually, the board  clerk  or  the
 4    secretary  of  the  district  shall  certify  to the regional
 5    superintendent of schools upon forms prescribed by the  State
 6    Superintendent   of   Education   the  district's  claim  for
 7    reimbursement for the school  year  ended  on  June  30  next
 8    preceding.   The  regional  superintendent  of  schools shall
 9    check all transportation claims to ascertain compliance  with
10    the  prescribed standards and upon his approval shall certify
11    not later  than  July  25  to  the  State  Superintendent  of
12    Education  the  regional report of claims for reimbursements.
13    The State Superintendent of Education shall check and approve
14    the claims and prepare the vouchers showing the  amounts  due
15    for  district  reimbursement claims.  Beginning with the 1977
16    fiscal year, the  State  Superintendent  of  Education  shall
17    prepare  and transmit the first 3 vouchers to the Comptroller
18    on  the  30th  day   of  September,   December   and   March,
19    respectively, and the final voucher, no later than June 15.
20        If    the    amount   appropriated   for   transportation
21    reimbursement is insufficient to fund total  claims  for  any
22    fiscal  year,  the State Board of Education shall reduce each
23    school district's  allowable  costs  and  flat  grant  amount
24    proportionately to make total adjusted claims equal the total
25    amount appropriated.
26        For  purposes  of  calculating  claims  for reimbursement
27    under this Section for any  school  year  beginning  July  1,
28    1980,  or  thereafter, the equalized assessed valuation for a
29    school  district  used  to  compute  reimbursement  shall  be
30    determined by adding to the real property equalized  assessed
31    valuation for the district an amount computed by dividing the
32    amount of money received by the district under the provisions
33    of  "An  Act  in  relation  to  the  abolition  of ad valorem
34    personal property tax and the replacement  of  revenues  lost
                            -157-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    thereby, and amending and repealing certain Acts and parts of
 2    Acts  in connection therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as
 3    amended, by  the  total  tax  rate  for  the  district.   For
 4    purposes of this subsection, 1976 tax rates shall be used for
 5    school  districts  in  the county of Cook, and 1977 tax rates
 6    shall be used in all other counties.   For  the  purposes  of
 7    calculating  claims  for reimbursement under this Section for
 8    any school year beginning July 1, 1986,  or  thereafter,  the
 9    real  property  equalized  assessed  valuation  for  a school
10    district used to compute reimbursement shall be determined by
11    subtracting from the real  property  value  as  equalized  or
12    assessed  by  the  Department  of Revenue for the district an
13    amount computed by dividing the amount of  any  abatement  of
14    taxes  under  Section  18-170 of the Property Tax Code by the
15    following: in the  case  of  a  school  district  maintaining
16    grades  kindergarten  through  12,  3.00%;  in  the case of a
17    school district maintaining grades  kindergarten  through  8,
18    2.30%;  in the case of a school district maintaining grades 9
19    through 12, 1.20% the maximum operating tax  rates  specified
20    in subsection 5(c) of Section 18-8.
21        All  reimbursements  received  from  the  State  shall be
22    deposited into the district's transportation fund or into the
23    fund from which the allowable expenditures were made.
24    (Source: P.A.  88-612,  eff.  7-1-95;  88-641,  eff.  9-9-94;
25    88-670, eff. 12-2-94; 89-235, eff. 8-4-95.)
26        (105 ILCS 5/34-8.4)
27        Sec. 34-8.4.  Intervention.  The Chicago Schools Academic
28    Accountability  Council  may  recommend to the Chicago School
29    Reform  Board  of  Trustees  that  any   school   placed   on
30    remediation or probation under Section 34-8.3 or schools that
31    for  the  3 consecutive school years of 1992-1993, 1993-1994,
32    and  1994-1995  have  met  the  State  Board  of  Education's
33    category of "does not meet expectations" be made  subject  to
                            -158-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    intervention  under  this Section 34-8.4.  In addition to any
 2    powers created under this Section, the  Trustees  shall  have
 3    all  powers  created  under  Section  34-8.3  with respect to
 4    schools subjected to intervention.
 5        Prior  to  subjecting  a  school  to  intervention,   the
 6    Trustees  shall conduct a public hearing and make findings of
 7    facts concerning the recommendation of  the  Chicago  Schools
 8    Academic  Accountability  Council and the factors causing the
 9    failure of the school to adequately  perform.   The  Trustees
10    shall  afford  an  opportunity  at the hearing for interested
11    persons to comment  about  the  intervention  recommendation.
12    After the hearing has been held and completion of findings of
13    fact,  the  Trustees  shall  make  a determination whether to
14    subject the school to intervention.
15        If the Trustees determine that a school shall be  subject
16    to  intervention  under  this  Section,  the  Trustees  shall
17    develop an intervention implementation plan and shall cause a
18    performance  evaluation  to  be  made of each employee at the
19    school.   Upon  consideration  of   such   evaluations,   and
20    consistent  with  the  intervention  implementation plan, the
21    Trustees may reassign, layoff, or dismiss  any  employees  at
22    the  attendance  center,  notwithstanding  the  provisions of
23    Sections 24A-5 and 34-85.
24        The chief educational officer shall appoint  a  principal
25    for  the school and shall set the terms and conditions of the
26    principal's contract, which in no case may be longer  than  2
27    years.    The   principal   shall  select  all  teachers  and
28    non-certified personnel for the school as may  be  necessary.
29    Any  provision  of  Section  34-8.1  that conflicts with this
30    Section shall not apply to a school subjected to intervention
31    under this Section.
32        If pursuant to this Section, the general  superintendent,
33    with  the  approval  of  the  board,  orders new local school
34    council elections, the general superintendent shall carry out
                            -159-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    the responsibilities of the local school council for a school
 2    subject to intervention until the new  local  school  council
 3    members are elected and trained.
 4        Each  school  year,  5% of the supplemental general State
 5    aid Chapter 1  funds  distributed  to  a  school  subject  to
 6    intervention   during   that  school  year  under  subsection
 7    5(i)(1)(a) of part A of Section 18-8  or  subsection  (H)  of
 8    Section  18-8.05  shall  be  used  for  employee  performance
 9    incentives.    The Trustees shall prepare a report evaluating
10    the results of any interventions undertaken pursuant to  this
11    Section    and    shall   make   recommendations   concerning
12    implementation  of  special   programs   for   dealing   with
13    underperforming  schools  on  an  ongoing basis.  This report
14    shall be submitted to the State Superintendent  of  Education
15    and Mayor of the City of Chicago by January 1, 1999.
16    (Source: P.A. 89-15, eff. 5-30-95; 89-698, eff. 1-14-97.)
17        (105 ILCS 5/34-18) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-18)
18        Sec.  34-18.   Powers  of  the  board.   The  board shall
19    exercise general supervision and jurisdiction over the public
20    education and the public school  system  of  the  city,  and,
21    except  as  otherwise  provided  by  this Article, shall have
22    power:
23             1.  To make suitable provision for the establishment
24        and maintenance throughout the year or for  such  portion
25        thereof  as  it  may  direct,  not less than 9 months, of
26        schools  of  all  grades  and  kinds,  including   normal
27        schools,   high   schools,  night  schools,  schools  for
28        defectives and delinquents, parental and truant  schools,
29        schools for the blind, the deaf and the crippled, schools
30        or   classes   in   manual  training,  constructural  and
31        vocational teaching, domestic arts and physical  culture,
32        vocation  and  extension schools and lecture courses, and
33        all other educational courses and  facilities,  including
                            -160-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        establishing,   equipping,   maintaining   and  operating
 2        playgrounds and recreational programs, when such programs
 3        are conducted in, adjacent  to,  or  connected  with  any
 4        public   school   under   the   general  supervision  and
 5        jurisdiction of the board;  provided,  however,  that  in
 6        allocating  funds  from year to year for the operation of
 7        all attendance centers within  the  district,  the  board
 8        shall  ensure that supplemental general State aid Chapter
 9        1 funds are allocated  and  applied  in  accordance  with
10        Section 18-8 or 18-8.05. To admit to such schools without
11        charge  foreign exchange students who are participants in
12        an organized exchange student program which is authorized
13        by the board. The board  shall  permit  all  students  to
14        enroll   in  apprenticeship  programs  in  trade  schools
15        operated  by  the  board,  whether  those  programs   are
16        union-sponsored or not.   No  student  shall  be  refused
17        admission   into  or  be  excluded  from  any  course  of
18        instruction offered in the common schools  by  reason  of
19        that  student's  sex.   No  student shall be denied equal
20        access to physical education and interscholastic athletic
21        programs supported from school district funds  or  denied
22        participation   in   comparable  physical  education  and
23        athletic programs solely by reason of the student's  sex.
24        Equal  access  to programs supported from school district
25        funds and comparable programs will be  defined  in  rules
26        promulgated   by   the   State   Board  of  Education  in
27        consultation with the Illinois High  School  Association.
28        Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this Article,
29        neither the board  of  education  nor  any  local  school
30        council  or  other  school  official shall recommend that
31        children  with  disabilities  be  placed   into   regular
32        education   classrooms   unless   those   children   with
33        disabilities  are provided with supplementary services to
34        assist  them  so  that  they  benefit  from  the  regular
                            -161-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        classroom instruction and are included on  the  teacher's
 2        regular education class register;
 3             2.  To   furnish   lunches  to  pupils,  to  make  a
 4        reasonable charge therefor, and to use school  funds  for
 5        the  payment  of such expenses as the board may determine
 6        are necessary in conducting the school lunch program;
 7             3.  To co-operate with the circuit court;
 8             4.  To  make  arrangements  with   the   public   or
 9        quasi-public  libraries  and museums for the use of their
10        facilities by teachers and pupils of the public schools;
11             5.  To employ dentists and  prescribe  their  duties
12        for  the  purpose  of treating the pupils in the schools,
13        but accepting  such  treatment  shall  be  optional  with
14        parents or guardians;
15             6.  To   grant   the   use  of  assembly  halls  and
16        classrooms when not otherwise  needed,  including  light,
17        heat, and attendants, for free public lectures, concerts,
18        and  other  educational  and  social  interests,  free of
19        charge,  under  such  provisions  and  control   as   the
20        principal   of   the   affected   attendance  center  may
21        prescribe;
22             7.  To apportion the pupils to the several  schools;
23        provided   that  no  pupil  shall  be  excluded  from  or
24        segregated in any such school on account  of  his  color,
25        race,  sex,  or  nationality.  The  board shall take into
26        consideration  the  prevention  of  segregation  and  the
27        elimination of separation of children in  public  schools
28        because  of color, race, sex, or nationality. Except that
29        children may be  committed  to  or  attend  parental  and
30        social  adjustment  schools  established  and  maintained
31        either for boys or girls only.  All records pertaining to
32        the  creation, alteration or revision of attendance areas
33        shall be open to the public.  Nothing herein shall  limit
34        the  board's authority to establish multi-area attendance
                            -162-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        centers  or  other   student   assignment   systems   for
 2        desegregation purposes or otherwise, and to apportion the
 3        pupils to the several schools.  Furthermore, beginning in
 4        school  year 1994-95, pursuant to a board plan adopted by
 5        October 1, 1993, the board shall offer, commencing  on  a
 6        phased-in  basis, the opportunity for families within the
 7        school district to apply for enrollment of their children
 8        in any attendance center within the school district which
 9        does not have selective admission  requirements  approved
10        by the board.  The appropriate geographical area in which
11        such open enrollment may be exercised shall be determined
12        by the board of education.  Such children may be admitted
13        to  any such attendance center on a space available basis
14        after  all  children  residing  within  such   attendance
15        center's  area  have been accommodated.  If the number of
16        applicants from outside the attendance  area  exceed  the
17        space  available,  then  successful  applicants  shall be
18        selected by  lottery.   The  board  of  education's  open
19        enrollment  plan  must  include provisions that allow low
20        income students to have access to  transportation  needed
21        to  exercise  school choice.  Open enrollment shall be in
22        compliance with the provisions of the Consent Decree  and
23        Desegregation Plan cited in Section 34-1.01.
24             8.  To  approve  programs and policies for providing
25        transportation services to students. Nothing herein shall
26        be construed to permit or  empower  the  State  Board  of
27        Education  to  order, mandate, or require busing or other
28        transportation of pupils for  the  purpose  of  achieving
29        racial balance in any school;
30             9.  Subject  to  the limitations in this Article, to
31        establish and approve system-wide  curriculum  objectives
32        and  standards,  including  graduation  standards,  which
33        reflect  the multi-cultural diversity in the city and are
34        consistent with State law, provided that for all purposes
                            -163-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        of this Article courses or proficiency in  American  Sign
 2        Language   shall  be  deemed  to  constitute  courses  or
 3        proficiency  in  a  foreign  language;  and   to   employ
 4        principals  and  teachers,  appointed as provided in this
 5        Article, and fix their  compensation.   The  board  shall
 6        prepare   such  reports  related  to  minimal  competency
 7        testing as  may  be  requested  by  the  State  Board  of
 8        Education,  and  in  addition  shall  monitor and approve
 9        special education and bilingual  education  programs  and
10        policies  within  the district to assure that appropriate
11        services are provided in accordance with applicable State
12        and federal  laws  to  children  requiring  services  and
13        education in those areas;
14             10.  To  employ  non-teaching  personnel  or utilize
15        volunteer personnel  for:  (i)  non-teaching  duties  not
16        requiring instructional judgment or evaluation of pupils,
17        including  library  duties;  and  (ii)  supervising study
18        halls,  long  distance  teaching  reception  areas   used
19        incident   to   instructional   programs  transmitted  by
20        electronic media such as  computers,  video,  and  audio,
21        detention  and  discipline  areas,  and  school-sponsored
22        extracurricular activities. The board may further utilize
23        volunteer    non-certificated    personnel    or   employ
24        non-certificated personnel to assist in  the  instruction
25        of  pupils  under  the immediate supervision of a teacher
26        holding a valid certificate, directly engaged in teaching
27        subject matter or conducting  activities;  provided  that
28        the   teacher   shall   be   continuously  aware  of  the
29        non-certificated persons' activities and shall be able to
30        control or modify them. The general superintendent  shall
31        determine  qualifications  of  such  personnel  and shall
32        prescribe rules for determining the duties and activities
33        to be assigned to such personnel;
34             11.  To provide television studio facilities in  not
                            -164-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        to exceed one school building and to provide programs for
 2        educational  purposes,  provided, however, that the board
 3        shall not construct,  acquire,  operate,  or  maintain  a
 4        television  transmitter;  to  grant the use of its studio
 5        facilities to a licensed television  station  located  in
 6        the  school  district; and to maintain and operate not to
 7        exceed one school radio transmitting station and  provide
 8        programs for educational purposes;
 9             12.  To   offer,   if  deemed  appropriate,  outdoor
10        education courses, including field trips within the State
11        of Illinois,  or  adjacent  states,  and  to  use  school
12        educational  funds  for  the  expense of the said outdoor
13        educational programs, whether within the school  district
14        or not;
15             13.  During  that  period  of  the calendar year not
16        embraced within the regular school term, to  provide  and
17        conduct  courses  in subject matters normally embraced in
18        the program of the schools during the regular school term
19        and  to  give  regular  school  credit  for  satisfactory
20        completion by the student  of  such  courses  as  may  be
21        approved for credit by the State Board of Education;
22             14.  To  insure against any loss or liability of the
23        board, the former  School  Board  Nominating  Commission,
24        Local  School  Councils,  the  Chicago  Schools  Academic
25        Accountability   Council,   or   the  former  Subdistrict
26        Councils or of any member,  officer,  agent  or  employee
27        thereof,  resulting  from  alleged  violations  of  civil
28        rights  arising  from  incidents  occurring  on  or after
29        September 5, 1967 or from the wrongful or  negligent  act
30        or  omission  of any such person whether occurring within
31        or without the school  premises,  provided  the  officer,
32        agent  or  employee  was,  at  the  time  of  the alleged
33        violation of civil rights or wrongful  act  or  omission,
34        acting  within  the  scope  of  his  employment  or under
                            -165-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        direction  of  the  board,  the   former   School   Board
 2        Nominating   Commission,  the  Chicago  Schools  Academic
 3        Accountability Council, Local  School  Councils,  or  the
 4        former  Subdistrict  Councils;  and  to  provide  for  or
 5        participate  in  insurance  plans  for  its  officers and
 6        employees,  including  but  not  limited  to   retirement
 7        annuities, medical, surgical and hospitalization benefits
 8        in  such  types  and  amounts as may be determined by the
 9        board; provided, however, that the board  shall  contract
10        for   such  insurance  only  with  an  insurance  company
11        authorized to do business in this State.  Such  insurance
12        may include provision for employees who rely on treatment
13        by  prayer  or  spiritual  means  alone  for  healing, in
14        accordance with the tenets and practice of  a  recognized
15        religious denomination;
16             15.  To  contract  with the corporate authorities of
17        any municipality or the county board of  any  county,  as
18        the case may be, to provide for the regulation of traffic
19        in parking areas of property used for school purposes, in
20        such  manner  as  is  provided  by  Section 11-209 of The
21        Illinois Vehicle Code, approved September  29,  1969,  as
22        amended;
23             16.  To  provide,  on  an equal basis, access to the
24        school campus to the official recruiting  representatives
25        of the armed forces of Illinois and the United States for
26        the purposes of informing students of the educational and
27        career  opportunities  available  in  the military if the
28        board has provided such access to persons or groups whose
29        purpose is  to  acquaint  students  with  educational  or
30        occupational  opportunities available to them.  The board
31        is not required to  give  greater  notice  regarding  the
32        right  of  access  to  recruiting representatives than is
33        given to other persons and groups;
34             17. (a)  To sell  or  market  any  computer  program
                            -166-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        developed by an employee of the school district, provided
 2        that  such  employee  developed the computer program as a
 3        direct result of  his  or  her  duties  with  the  school
 4        district   or  through  the  utilization  of  the  school
 5        district resources  or  facilities.    The  employee  who
 6        developed the computer program shall be entitled to share
 7        in the proceeds of such sale or marketing of the computer
 8        program.   The  distribution of such proceeds between the
 9        employee and the school district shall be as agreed  upon
10        by  the  employee  and  the  school district, except that
11        neither the employee nor the school district may  receive
12        more  than  90% of such proceeds.  The negotiation for an
13        employee who is represented by  an  exclusive  bargaining
14        representative   may  be  conducted  by  such  bargaining
15        representative at the employee's request.
16             (b)  For the purpose of this paragraph 17:
17                  (1)  "Computer" means an internally programmed,
18             general   purpose   digital   device   capable    of
19             automatically  accepting  data,  processing data and
20             supplying the results of the operation.
21                  (2)  "Computer program" means a series of coded
22             instructions or statements in a form acceptable to a
23             computer, which causes the computer to process  data
24             in order to achieve a certain result.
25                  (3)  "Proceeds"   means  profits  derived  from
26             marketing or sale of a product after  deducting  the
27             expenses of developing and marketing such product;
28             18.  To  delegate  to  the general superintendent of
29        schools,  by  resolution,  the   authority   to   approve
30        contracts and expenditures in amounts of $10,000 or less;
31             19.  Upon  the  written  request  of an employee, to
32        withhold from the compensation of that employee any dues,
33        payments or contributions payable by such employee to any
34        labor organization as defined in the Illinois Educational
                            -167-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        Labor Relations Act.  Under such arrangement,  an  amount
 2        shall  be withheld from each regular payroll period which
 3        is equal to the pro rata share of the  annual  dues  plus
 4        any  payments  or  contributions,  and  the  board  shall
 5        transmit   such   withholdings  to  the  specified  labor
 6        organization within 10 working days from the time of  the
 7        withholding;
 8             19a.  Upon receipt of notice from the comptroller of
 9        a  municipality with a population of 500,000 or more that
10        a debt is due and owing the municipality by  an  employee
11        of  the  Chicago  School  Reform  Board  of  Trustees, to
12        withhold, from the compensation  of  that  employee,  the
13        amount  of  the  debt  that  is due and owing and pay the
14        amount withheld to the municipality;  provided,  however,
15        that  the  amount  deducted  from  any one salary or wage
16        payment shall not exceed 25% of the  net  amount  of  the
17        payment.   Before  the  Board deducts any amount from any
18        salary or wage of an employee under this  paragraph,  the
19        municipality  shall  certify  that  the employee has been
20        afforded an opportunity for a hearing to dispute the debt
21        that is due and owing the municipality.  For purposes  of
22        this  paragraph,  "net  amount"  means  that  part of the
23        salary or wage payment remaining after the  deduction  of
24        any  amounts required by law to be deducted and "debt due
25        and owing" means (i) a specified sum of money owed to the
26        municipality for city services, work, or goods, after the
27        period  granted  for  payment  has  expired,  or  (ii)  a
28        specified sum of money owed to the municipality  pursuant
29        to  a  court  order or order of an administrative hearing
30        officer after  the  exhaustion  of,  or  the  failure  to
31        exhaust, judicial review.
32             20.  The  board is encouraged to employ a sufficient
33        number of  certified  school  counselors  to  maintain  a
34        student/counselor  ratio  of  250  to  1 by July 1, 1990.
                            -168-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        Each counselor shall spend at least 75% of his work  time
 2        in  direct  contact  with  students  and shall maintain a
 3        record of such time;
 4             21.  To make available to  students  vocational  and
 5        career  counseling  and  to  establish  5  special career
 6        counseling days for students and parents.  On these  days
 7        representatives  of local businesses and industries shall
 8        be invited to the school campus and shall inform students
 9        of career opportunities available to them in the  various
10        businesses  and  industries.  Special consideration shall
11        be given to counseling minority  students  as  to  career
12        opportunities  available  to them in various fields.  For
13        the purposes of this paragraph, minority student means  a
14        person who is:
15                  (a)  Black  (a  person having origins in any of
16             the black racial groups in Africa);
17                  (b)  Hispanic   (a   person   of   Spanish   or
18             Portuguese culture with origins in Mexico, South  or
19             Central   America,   or   the   Caribbean   islands,
20             regardless of race);
21                  (c)  Asian American (a person having origins in
22             any  of  the  original  peoples  of  the  Far  East,
23             Southeast  Asia,  the  Indian  Subcontinent  or  the
24             Pacific Islands); or
25                  (d)  American   Indian  or  Alaskan  Native  (a
26             person having origins in any of the original peoples
27             of North America).
28             Counseling days shall not  be  in  lieu  of  regular
29        school days;
30             22.  To  report  to the State Board of Education the
31        annual student dropout rate and number  of  students  who
32        graduate from, transfer from or otherwise leave bilingual
33        programs;
34             23.  Except  as otherwise provided in the Abused and
                            -169-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        Neglected Child Reporting Act or other  applicable  State
 2        or  federal  law, to permit school officials to withhold,
 3        from any person, information on the  whereabouts  of  any
 4        child  removed  from  school  premises when the child has
 5        been  taken  into  protective  custody  as  a  victim  of
 6        suspected child abuse.   School  officials  shall  direct
 7        such  person  to  the  Department  of Children and Family
 8        Services, or to  the  local  law  enforcement  agency  if
 9        appropriate;
10             24.  To develop a policy, based on the current state
11        of  existing  school facilities, projected enrollment and
12        efficient utilization of available resources, for capital
13        improvement of schools and school  buildings  within  the
14        district,  addressing  in  that  policy both the relative
15        priority for major repairs, renovations and additions  to
16        school  facilities,  and the advisability or necessity of
17        building  new  school  facilities  or  closing   existing
18        schools to meet current or projected demographic patterns
19        within the district;
20             25.  To make available to the students in every high
21        school  attendance center the ability to take all courses
22        necessary to comply with the Board of Higher  Education's
23        college entrance criteria effective in 1993;
24             26.  To   encourage   mid-career  changes  into  the
25        teaching  profession,  whereby  qualified   professionals
26        become   certified   teachers,  by  allowing  credit  for
27        professional   employment   in   related   fields    when
28        determining point of entry on teacher pay scale;
29             27.  To  provide  or  contract out training programs
30        for administrative personnel and principals with  revised
31        or  expanded  duties  pursuant  to  this  Act in order to
32        assure they have the  knowledge  and  skills  to  perform
33        their duties;
34             28.  To establish a fund for the prioritized special
                            -170-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        needs programs, and to allocate such funds and other lump
 2        sum  amounts  to  each  attendance  center  in  a  manner
 3        consistent  with  the  provisions  of  part  4 of Section
 4        34-2.3.  Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed  to
 5        require  any additional appropriations of State funds for
 6        this purpose;
 7             29.  (Blank);
 8             30.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act
 9        or any other law to the contrary, to contract with  third
10        parties  for  services  otherwise performed by employees,
11        including those in a bargaining unit, and to layoff those
12        employees upon 14 days written  notice  to  the  affected
13        employees.   Those  contracts  may be for a period not to
14        exceed 5 years and may be awarded on a system-wide basis;
15             31.  To  promulgate  rules  establishing  procedures
16        governing the layoff or reduction in force  of  employees
17        and  the  recall  of  such  employees, including, but not
18        limited to, criteria  for  such  layoffs,  reductions  in
19        force  or  recall rights of such employees and the weight
20        to be given to any particular criterion.   Such  criteria
21        shall  take  into  account  factors including, but not be
22        limited to, qualifications,  certifications,  experience,
23        performance ratings or evaluations, and any other factors
24        relating to an employee's job performance; and
25             32.  To  develop a policy to prevent nepotism in the
26        hiring of personnel or the selection of contractors.
27        The specifications of the powers herein granted  are  not
28    to  be  construed  as  exclusive  but  the  board  shall also
29    exercise all other powers  that  they  may  be  requisite  or
30    proper  for  the  maintenance and the development of a public
31    school system, not inconsistent with the other provisions  of
32    this  Article  or  provisions of this Code which apply to all
33    school districts.
34        In addition to the powers herein granted  and  authorized
                            -171-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    to  be  exercised  by  the board, it shall be the duty of the
 2    board to review or to direct independent reviews  of  special
 3    education  expenditures  and services. The board shall file a
 4    report of such review with the General Assembly on or  before
 5    May 1, 1990.
 6    (Source:  P.A.  89-15,  eff.  5-30-95;  89-397, eff. 8-20-95;
 7    89-626, eff. 8-9-96; 90-22, eff. 6-20-97.)
 8        (105 ILCS 5/34-18.17 new)
 9        Sec. 34-18.17.  No pass-no play  policy.   The  board  of
10    education  shall  establish, implement, and enforce a uniform
11    and consistent policy under which a student in any of  grades
12    9  through 12 who fails to maintain a specified minimum grade
13    point average or a specified minimum grade in each course  in
14    which  the  student  is  enrolled  or  both is suspended from
15    further   participation   in    any    school-sponsored    or
16    school-supported athletic or extracurricular activities for a
17    specified  period  or  until  a specified minimum grade point
18    average or minimum grade or both are earned by  the  student.
19    The  board  of  education shall adopt a policy as required by
20    this Section not later than one year after the effective date
21    of this amendatory Act of 1997 and shall concurrently file  a
22    copy of that policy with the State Board of Education.  After
23    the  policy  has  been  in  effect for one year, and annually
24    thereafter, the board of education shall file a  report  with
25    the  State  Board  of  Education setting forth the number and
26    length of suspensions imposed under  the  policy  during  the
27    period  covered  by  the report and any modifications made to
28    the policy since the last report filed by  the  district.  If
29    the   board  of  education  already  has  a  policy  that  is
30    consistent with the requirements of this Section in effect on
31    the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997,  it  shall
32    file  a copy of that policy with the State Board of Education
33    within 30  days after the effective date of  this  amendatory
                            -172-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    Act  and shall file an annual report under this Section every
 2    12 months thereafter.
 3        (105 ILCS 5/34-84) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-84)
 4        Sec. 34-84.  Appointments  and  promotions  of  teachers.
 5    Appointments  and  promotions  of  teachers shall be made for
 6    merit only, and after satisfactory service for a probationary
 7    period of 3 years  with  respect  to  probationary  employees
 8    employed as full-time teachers in the public school system of
 9    the  district before July 1, 1998 and 4 years with respect to
10    probationary employees who are first  employed  as  full-time
11    teachers  in  the  public school system of the district on or
12    after July 1, 1998 (during which period the board may dismiss
13    or  discharge  any  such  probationary  employee   upon   the
14    recommendation,  accompanied by the written reasons therefor,
15    of the general superintendent  of  schools)  appointments  of
16    teachers shall become permanent, subject to removal for cause
17    in the manner provided by Section 34-85.
18        A  probationary  year  shall  consist  of  any  full-time
19    employment   under   an   initial   or  a  standard  teaching
20    certificate from a date before November 1 through the end  of
21    the school year.
22        As  used  in  this Article, "teachers" means and includes
23    all members of  the  teaching  force  excluding  the  general
24    superintendent and principals.
25        There  shall  be  no  reduction  in teachers because of a
26    decrease  in  student  membership  or  a  change  in  subject
27    requirements within the attendance center organization  after
28    the  20th  day  following  the  first day of the school year,
29    except  that:   (1)  this  provision  shall  not   apply   to
30    desegregation  positions, special education positions, or any
31    other positions funded by State or federal categorical funds,
32    and (2) at attendance centers maintaining  any  of  grades  9
33    through  12,  there  may be a second reduction in teachers on
                            -173-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    the first day of the second semester of  the  regular  school
 2    term  because of a decrease in student membership or a change
 3    in  subject  requirements  within   the   attendance   center
 4    organization.
 5        The school principal shall make the decision in selecting
 6    teachers  to  fill  new  and vacant positions consistent with
 7    Section 34-8.1.
 8    (Source: P.A. 88-338; 88-511; 89-15, eff. 5-30-95.)
 9        (105 ILCS 5/1C-3 rep.)
10        (105 ILCS 5/1C-4 rep.)
11        Section 5-25.  The School Code is  amended  by  repealing
12    Sections 1C-3 and 1C-4.
13        Section  5-30.   The Illinois Educational Labor Relations
14    Act is amended by changing Section 13 as follows:
15        (115 ILCS 5/13) (from Ch. 48, par. 1713)
16        Sec. 13.  Strikes.
17        (a)  Notwithstanding the existence of any other provision
18    in this Act or other law, educational employees  employed  in
19    school  districts  organized  under  Article 34 of the School
20    Code shall not engage in a strike at any time during  the  18
21    month  period  that  commences  on the effective date of this
22    amendatory Act of 1995.  An educational employee employed  in
23    a  school  district  organized under Article 34 of the School
24    Code who participates  in  a  strike  in  violation  of  this
25    Section  is  subject  to  discipline  by  the  employer.   In
26    addition,  no educational employer organized under Article 34
27    of the School Code  may  pay  or  cause  to  be  paid  to  an
28    educational   employee   who  participates  in  a  strike  in
29    violation of this subsection any wages or other  compensation
30    for   any   period   during  which  an  educational  employee
31    participates in the strike, except for wages or  compensation
                            -174-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    earned  before  participation in the strike.  Notwithstanding
 2    the existence of any other provision in  this  Act  or  other
 3    law,  during  the 18-month period that strikes are prohibited
 4    under this subsection nothing in  this  subsection  shall  be
 5    construed  to  require an educational employer to submit to a
 6    binding dispute resolution process.
 7        (b)  Notwithstanding the existence of any other provision
 8    in this Act or any other  law,  educational  employees  other
 9    than  those  employed  in  a  school district organized under
10    Article 34 of the School Code and, after  the  expiration  of
11    the  18  month period that commences on the effective date of
12    this amendatory Act  of  1995,  educational  employees  in  a
13    school district organized under Article 34 of the School Code
14    shall  not  engage  in  a  strike  except under the following
15    conditions:
16             (1)   they   are   represented   by   an   exclusive
17        bargaining representative;
18             (2)   mediation has been used without success;
19             (3)   at least 10 5 days have elapsed after a notice
20        of intent to strike  has  been  given  by  the  exclusive
21        bargaining  representative  to  the educational employer,
22        the regional superintendent and the Illinois  Educational
23        Labor Relations Board.
24             (4)   the  collective  bargaining  agreement between
25        the educational employer and  educational  employees,  if
26        any, has expired; and
27             (5)   the  employer  and  the  exclusive  bargaining
28        representative have not mutually submitted the unresolved
29        issues to arbitration.
30        If,  however, in the opinion of an employer the strike is
31    or has become a clear and present danger  to  the  health  or
32    safety  of  the  public,  the  employer  may  initiate in the
33    circuit court of the county in which such  danger  exists  an
34    action  for  relief which may include, but is not limited to,
                            -175-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    injunction.  The court may grant appropriate relief upon  the
 2    finding that such clear and present danger exists.  An unfair
 3    practice  or  other  evidence  of  lack of clean hands by the
 4    educational employer is a defense to such action.  Except  as
 5    provided for in this paragraph, the jurisdiction of the court
 6    under this Section is limited by the Labor Dispute Act.
 7    (Source: P.A. 89-15, eff. 5-30-95.)
 8                             ARTICLE 10.
 9        Section  10-1. Short title.  This Article may be cited as
10    the Comprehensive  Property Tax Study Commission Law.
11        Section   10-5.   Creation.    There   is   created   the
12    Comprehensive Property Tax  Study Commission consisting of  8
13    members  as follows: 2 members of the  Senate, one each to be
14    appointed  by  the  President  and  Minority  Leader  of  the
15    Senate; 2 members of the House of Representatives,  one  each
16    to  be  appointed   by the Speaker and Minority Leader of the
17    House; and 4 members to be  appointed by  the  Governor,  one
18    who  is  a  member  of  the business community,  one who is a
19    member of the education community, one who is a member of the
20    corporate authority of a unit of local government other  than
21    a  school  district,  and  one who shall  be chosen at large.
22    The Commission shall select from its  membership  a  chairman
23    and  such other officers as it considers necessary.   Members
24    of the Commission shall serve without compensation but  shall
25    be      reimbursed   for  actual  expenses  incurred  in  the
26    performance of their duties.
27        Section 10-10.  Purpose of  Commission.   The  Commission
28    shall  study the  complicated issues surrounding the reliance
29    on local property tax revenues to  fund the  schools  in  the
30    State.   The  study  shall  take  into  account the following
                            -176-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    factors:
 2             (1)  The need for equal treatment of taxpayers;
 3             (2)  The large number of taxing districts;
 4             (3)  The  need   to  mitigate  (not   enlarge)   the
 5        substantial  burden  on  Cook    County  business and its
 6        adverse effect on the long-term school tax base; and
 7             (4)  The  need  to  expand  tax  caps  beyond  their
 8        present  geographic  limits  to  protect   the   property
 9        taxpayer from losing the benefit of any tax reductions.
10        The  Commission  shall  report  to  the  Governor and the
11    General  Assembly    on  or  before  November  15,  1998  its
12    findings, recommendations, and proposed  legislation.
13                             ARTICLE 90.
14        Section 90-5.  No acceleration or delay.  Where this  Act
15    makes changes in a statute that is represented in this Act by
16    text  that  is not yet or no longer in effect (for example, a
17    Section represented by multiple versions), the  use  of  that
18    text  does  not  accelerate or delay the taking effect of (i)
19    the changes made by this Act or (ii) provisions derived  from
20    any other Public Act.
21                             ARTICLE 95.
22        Section  95-5.   Severability.   If any provision of this
23    amendatory Act of 1997 or its application to  any  person  or
24    circumstances   is  held  invalid,  the  invalidity  of  that
25    provision or application does not affect other provisions  or
26    applications  of this amendatory Act that can be given effect
27    without the invalid provision or application.
28                             ARTICLE 99.
                            -177-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1        Section 99-5. Effective date.  This Act takes effect upon
 2    becoming law.
                            -178-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1                                INDEX
 2               Statutes amended in order of appearance
 3                              SEE INDEX
 4    20 ILCS 3105/1A-3         from Ch. 127, par. 783.3
 5    20 ILCS 3105/1A-5         from Ch. 127, par. 783.5
 6    20 ILCS 3105/1A-5.1       from Ch. 127, par. 783.5-1
 7    30 ILCS 330/2             from Ch. 127, par. 652
 8    30 ILCS 330/5             from Ch. 127, par. 655
 9    35 ILCS 630/3             from Ch. 120, par. 2003
10    35 ILCS 630/4             from Ch. 120, par. 2004
11    105 ILCS 5/1A-2           from Ch. 122, par. 1A-2
12    105 ILCS 5/1B-8           from Ch. 122, par. 1B-8
13    105 ILCS 5/1C-2
14    105 ILCS 5/2-3.51.5
15    105 ILCS 5/2-3.64         from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.64
16    105 ILCS 5/2-3.117a new
17    105 ILCS 5/7-11           from Ch. 122, par. 7-11
18    105 ILCS 5/10-20.9a       from Ch. 122, par. 10-20.9a
19    105 ILCS 5/10-20.30 new
20    105 ILCS 5/10-22.6        from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.6
21    105 ILCS 5/10-22.20       from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.20
22    105 ILCS 5/10-22.23       from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.23
23    105 ILCS 5/10-22.23a      from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.23a
24    105 ILCS 5/10-22.33B
25    105 ILCS 5/10-22.34c new
26    105 ILCS 5/10-23.5        from Ch. 122, par. 10-23.5
27    105 ILCS 5/10-23.8        from Ch. 122, par. 10-23.8
28    105 ILCS 5/10-23.8a       from Ch. 122, par. 10-23.8a
29    105 ILCS 5/18-4.3         from Ch. 122, par. 18-4.3
30    105 ILCS 5/18-8           from Ch. 122, par. 18-8
31    105 ILCS 5/18-8.05 new
32    105 ILCS 5/18-8.2         from Ch. 122, par. 18-8.2
33    105 ILCS 5/18-8.4         from Ch. 122, par. 18-8.4
34    105 ILCS 5/21-1a          from Ch. 122, par. 21-1a
                            -179-             LRB9007684THpkB
 1    105 ILCS 5/21-2           from Ch. 122, par. 21-2
 2    105 ILCS 5/21-2.1         from Ch. 122, par. 21-2.1
 3    105 ILCS 5/21-2a          from Ch. 122, par. 21-2a
 4    105 ILCS 5/21-3           from Ch. 122, par. 21-3
 5    105 ILCS 5/21-4           from Ch. 122, par. 21-4
 6    105 ILCS 5/21-5           from Ch. 122, par. 21-5
 7    105 ILCS 5/21-5a          from Ch. 122, par. 21-5a
 8    105 ILCS 5/21-5b
 9    105 ILCS 5/21-5c new
10    105 ILCS 5/21-5d new
11    105 ILCS 5/21-10          from Ch. 122, par. 21-10
12    105 ILCS 5/21-11.1        from Ch. 122, par. 21-11.1
13    105 ILCS 5/21-11.3        from Ch. 122, par. 21-11.3
14    105 ILCS 5/21-11.4
15    105 ILCS 5/21-14          from Ch. 122, par. 21-14
16    105 ILCS 5/24-11          from Ch. 122, par. 24-11
17    105 ILCS 5/24-12          from Ch. 122, par. 24-12
18    105 ILCS 5/27-23.6 new
19    105 ILCS 5/27A-2
20    105 ILCS 5/27A-7
21    105 ILCS 5/27A-8
22    105 ILCS 5/27A-9
23    105 ILCS 5/27A-11
24    105 ILCS 5/29-5           from Ch. 122, par. 29-5
25    105 ILCS 5/34-8.4
26    105 ILCS 5/34-18          from Ch. 122, par. 34-18
27    105 ILCS 5/34-18.17 new
28    105 ILCS 5/34-84          from Ch. 122, par. 34-84
29    105 ILCS 5/1C-3 rep.
30    105 ILCS 5/1C-4 rep.
31    115 ILCS 5/13             from Ch. 48, par. 1713
32    New Act

[ Top ]